Table of Contents

Form 10-Q

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004

OR

[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission file number 0-50890

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

     
Delaware   41-1990662
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)
6530 West Campus Way   43054
New Albany, Ohio   (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)    

(614) 289-5360
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

     
Yes [   ]   No [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

     
Yes [   ]   No [X]

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, at September 15, 2004 was 17,987,497 shares

 


COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

                 
            Page
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION        
    Item 1: Financial Statements        
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (Unaudited)     3  
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 (Unaudited)     4  
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (Unaudited)     5  
      Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)     6  
    Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     12  
    Item 3: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     19  
    Item 4: Controls and Procedures     19  
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION     20  
SIGNATURE     22  
  EX-3.1 Amended/Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  EX-3.2 Amended/Restated By-laws
  EX-10.1 Revolving Credit Agreement
  EX-10.2 Underwriting Agreement
  EX-10.3 Joinder to the Registration Agreement
  EX-10.4 Management Stockholders Agreement
  EX-10.5 Equity Incentive Plan
  EX-10.6 Recapitalization Agreement
  EX-31.1 Certification by Mervin Dunn, President & CEO
  EX-31.2 Certification by Chad M Utrup, VP of Finance & CFO
  EX-32.1 Certification Pursuant to Section 906
  EX-32.2 Certification Pursuant to Section 906

- 2 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003

                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30
  June 30,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
    (in thousands)   (in thousands)
REVENUES
  $ 94,491     $ 71,408     $ 180,481     $ 137,791  
 
COST OF SALES
    77,636       59,257       148,139       115,485  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
GROSS PROFIT
    16,855       12,151       32,342       22,306  
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    6,867       5,802       14,364       11,762  
 
NONCASH OPTION ISSUANCE CHARGE
    10,125             10,125        
 
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
    27       47       63       93  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
    (164 )     6,302       7,790       10,451  
 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
    (429 )     60       (3,699 )     2,464  
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
    2,071       2,700       4,339       5,430  
 
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
                      2,972  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,806 )     3,542       7,150       (415 )
 
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    (929 )     2,021       2,478       (237 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (877 )   $ 1,521     $ 4,672     $ (178 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.06 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.34     $ (0.01 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.06 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.34     $ (0.01 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

- 3 -


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003
                 
    2004
  2003
    (in thousands)
ASSETS
               
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,353     $ 3,486  
Accounts receivable — net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,872 and $2,531
    49,768       40,211  
Inventories
    29,783       29,667  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,705       3,754  
Deferred income taxes
    6,255       5,995  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total current assets
    90,864       83,113  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT — Net
    31,579       33,492  
GOODWILL
    83,368       82,872  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    13,061       9,011  
OTHER ASSETS — Net
    4,749       2,007  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 223,621     $ 210,495  
 
   
 
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 15,698     $ 15,231  
Accounts payable
    31,564       23,310  
Accrued liabilities
    22,314       16,356  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total current liabilities
    69,576       54,897  
 
   
 
     
 
 
LONG-TERM DEBT — Net
    84,216       101,204  
SUBORDINATED DEBT DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
    11,434       11,039  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    9,394       8,549  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    174,620       175,689  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 3, 8, 9, and 10)
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 13,727,728 and 13,778,599 and outstanding
    137       138  
Additional paid-in capital
    76,669       76,803  
Accumulated deficit
    (28,231 )     (43,028 )
Stock subscriptions receivable
    (287 )     (430 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    713       1,323  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total stockholders’ investment
    49,001       34,806  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 223,621     $ 210,495  
 
   
 
     
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

- 4 -


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003

                 
    2004
  2003
    (in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ 4,672     $ (178 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    4,093       4,167  
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    290       274  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
          2,053  
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    (731 )     (3,888 )
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
    (3,710 )     2,446  
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
    395       333  
Change in other operating items
    3,439       (4,867 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    8,448       340  
 
   
 
     
 
 
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES — Capital expenditures
    (2,190 )     (3,106 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Proceeds from (payments on) capital leases
    (9 )     9  
Change in revolving credit facility and long-term borrowings — Net
    (17,051 )     1,227  
Noncash option issuance charge
    10,125        
Other – Net
    (738 )     196  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (7,673 )     1,432  
 
   
 
     
 
 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (718 )     819  
 
   
 
     
 
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (2,133 )     (515 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
    3,486       1,637  
 
   
 
     
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $ 1,353     $ 1,122  
 
   
 
     
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ 3,293     $ 4,406  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes — Net
  $ 1,272     $ (1,422 )
 
   
 
     
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

- 5 -


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

1. Basis of Presentation

     Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“CVG” or the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) designs and manufactures seat and seating systems, cab and trim systems, mirrors, wipers and controls for the North American heavy truck and specialty transportation markets. In addition, the Company manufactures seat systems for the worldwide construction and agriculture vehicle markets. The Company has operations located in Indiana, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, Australia, Belgium, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

     The Company has prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements of CVG without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information furnished in the condensed consolidated financial statements includes normal recurring adjustments and reflects all adjustments which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and statements of financial position for the interim periods presented. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. We believe that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in conjunction with our fiscal 2003 consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as filed with the SEC for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003.

     Revenue and operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

     The Company was formed on August 22, 2000. On October 6, 2000, the Company acquired the assets of Bostrom plc in exchange for $83.6 million in cash and assumption of certain liabilities (the “Acquisition”). The source of the cash consisted of $49.8 million of debt and $33.8 million of equity. The Company had no operations prior to October 6, 2000.

     The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded at fair value as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

     On March 28, 2003, the Company and Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. (“CVS”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 4,870,228 shares of common stock. On May 20, 2004, the Company and Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim (the CVS and Trim mergers are collectively referred to as the “Mergers”). The holders of the outstanding shares of Trim received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 2,769,567 shares of common stock. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, the Mergers were accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of CVS, Trim, and the Company were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The financial statements reflect the combined results of the Company, CVS and Trim as if the Mergers had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

2. Inventories

     Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost or market. Cost includes applicable material, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

                 
    June 30,   December 31,
    2004
  2003
Raw materials
  $ 21,679     $ 21,664  
Work in process
    1,762       1,781  
Finished goods
    6,342       6,222  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 29,783     $ 29,667  
 
   
 
     
 
 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

     Inventory quantities on-hand are regularly reviewed, and where necessary, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on the Company’s estimated production requirements driven by current market volumes. Excess and obsolete provisions may vary by product depending upon future potential use of the product.

3. Stockholders’ Investment

      Common Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with 13,778,599 shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 13,727,724 shares outstanding at June 30, 2004.

      Preferred Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with no shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004.

      Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the quarter in accordance with SFAS No. 128. Diluted earnings per share for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2004 includes the effects of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares of 104,298 related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 and six months ended June 30, 2003, as inclusion of these shares would have been antidilutive.

                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30,
  June 30,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (877 )   $ 1,521     $ 4,672     $ (178 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    13,751       13,779       13,765       13,779  
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants after application of the treasury stock method
          104       104        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted shares outstanding
    13,751       13,883       13,869       13,779  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.06 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.34     $ (0.01 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.06 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.34     $ (0.01 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

      Stock Options and Warrants — In 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 38,601 shares of common stock at $9.43 per share, which are exercisable through December 2008, in connection with an acquisition. In addition, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase 136,023 shares of common stock at $3.42 per share, which are exercisable through June 2011. None of the initially granted options or warrants have been exercised as of June 30, 2004. The options and warrants were granted at exercise prices determined to be at or above fair value on the date of the grant.

     In May 2004, the Company granted options to purchase 910,869 shares of common stock at $5.54 per share. These options have a ten year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. During June 2004, the Company modified the terms of these options to be 100% vested immediately. The Company recorded a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million, equal to the difference between $5.54 and the estimated fair market value.

      Dividends — The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends in the past. The Company’s credit agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends.

4. Restructuring and Integration

      Restructuring — In 2000, the Company recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of its cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing its manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities, and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by 2001. The contractual commitments continue through mid-2005.

     In 2001, the Company continued its cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and

- 7 -


Table of Contents

approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2008.

     A summary of restructuring activities for the six months ended June 30, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                 
    Facility Exit    
    and Other    
    Contractual    
    Costs
  Total
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 787     $ 787  
Usage/cash payments
    (250 )     (250 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Balance — June 30, 2004
  $ 537     $ 537  
 
   
 
     
 
 

      Integration — In connection with the acquisitions of Bostrom plc and the predecessor to CVS, facility consolidation plans were designed and implemented to reduce the cost structure of the Company and to better integrate the acquired operations. Purchase liabilities recorded as part of the acquisitions included approximately $3.3 million for costs associated with the shutdown and consolidation of certain acquired facilities and severance and other contractual costs. At June 30, 2004, the Company had principally completed its actions under these plans, other than certain contractual commitments, which continue through 2008.

     A summary of restructuring activities for the six months ended June 30, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                 
    Facility Exit    
    and Other    
    Contractual    
    Costs
  Total
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 620     $ 620  
Usage/cash payments
           
 
   
 
     
 
 
Balance — June 30, 2004
  $ 620     $ 620  
 
   
 
     
 
 

5. Debt

     Debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

                 
    June 30,   December 31,
    2004
  2003
Revolving credit facilities, interest rates varying from 4.15% to 7.38% as of June 30, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2003
  $ 17,749     $ 26,530  
Term loans, with principal and interest payable quarterly, with interest varying from 4.11% to 7.36% as of June 30, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.29% as of December 31, 2003
    65,731       73,640  
Sterling loan notes
    9,924       9,748  
Other
    6,510       6,517  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    99,914       116,435  
Less current maturities
    15,698       15,231  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 84,216     $ 101,204  
 
   
 
     
 
 

      Credit Agreement — The Company’s senior credit agreements consist of revolving credit facilities of $51.0 million and term loans of $106.4 million, of which approximately $91.4 million expires in January 2006 and approximately $66.0 million expires in June 2006. Quarterly repayments of approximately $3.3 million are required under the term loans. Borrowings bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios of the Company, as defined. The senior credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants, including limiting indebtedness, rental obligations, investments and cash dividends, and also require the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage and funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth requirement. Compliance with respect to these covenants as of June 30, 2004 was achieved. Borrowings under the senior credit agreements are secured by specifically identified assets of the Company, comprising, in total, substantially all assets of the Company. In addition, at June 30, 2004 the Company has outstanding letters of credit of approximately $2.2 million expiring through 2008.

     One of the credit agreements provides the Company with the ability to denominate a portion of its borrowings in foreign currencies. As of June 30, 2004, $15.0 million of revolving credit facility borrowings and $62.5 million of the term loans were denominated in U.S. dollars and $2.7 million of the revolving credit facility borrowings and $3.2 million of the term loans were denominated in British pounds sterling.

- 8 -


Table of Contents

     During March 2003, in conjunction with the Company’s merger with CVS, the Company amended its Credit Agreement. Based on the provisions of EITF 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments , the Company wrote off the unamortized cost of its old and new fees paid to the financial institution and third party fees related to the then existing Credit Agreement as a loss on extinguishment of debt. The third party fees related to the amended Credit Agreement were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the amended Credit Agreement.

      Sterling Loan Notes — In conjunction with the acquisition of Bostrom plc, Sterling loan notes were issued in exchange for certain shares acquired by the Company. The notes bear interest at LIBOR and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.4% at June 30, 2004. Each note holder may, as provided by British regulations, exercise a semiannual option to have the Company redeem the notes in multiples of £100. As of June 30, 2004, the Company had been notified of elections and redeemed approximately £4.3 million of loan notes through additional borrowings under its Credit Agreement.

     The Company has a provision in one of its senior credit agreements that allow it to borrow additional amounts under its term loan facility to repay Sterling loan note maturities; therefore, the Sterling loan notes have been classified as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

      Subordinated Debt — In June 2001, Onex Corporation, the controlling stockholder of the Company, and its affiliates (“Onex”) loaned the Company $7.0 million pursuant to a five-year promissory note. Interest, which was deferred in 2002, 2003 and through June 30, 2004, is prime plus 1.25%. The promissory note is collateralized by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to an intercreditor agreement between the Company, certain of its lenders, and Onex. Total accrued interest at June 30, 2004 was approximately $1.4 million. This amount is included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

     In September 2002, the Company issued subordinated debt in the amount of $2.5 million to its principal stockholders, including Onex. The debt bears interest at 12.0% and matures September 30, 2006. Accrued interest over the term of the obligation is payable in kind (“PIK”) at maturity. Interest accrued during 2004 and added to principal was approximately $0.2 million. Total PIK interest accrued and added to principal at June 30, 2004 was approximately $0.6 million.

6. Goodwill

     Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, which prior to the adoption on January 1, 2002, of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life.

     The Company performs impairment tests annually during the second quarter and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill might be impaired. Based upon the Company’s annual impairment test as of June 30, 2004, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, the Company increased goodwill by $0.5 million due to currency translation adjustments.

7. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income reflects the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension liability. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, the Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ investment. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following as of June 30, 2004 (in thousands):

         
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 2,562  
Minimum pension liability
    (1,849 )
 
   
 
 
 
  $ 713  
 
   
 
 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

     Comprehensive income for the six month period ended June 30 is as follows (in thousands):

                 
    2004
  2003
Net income (loss)
  $ 4,672     $ (178 )
Other comprehensive income:
               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (612 )     935  
Derivative instruments
          196  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Comprehensive income
  $ 4,060     $ 953  
 
   
 
     
 
 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

      Warranty — The Company is subject to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which the Company supplies products to its customers, a customer may hold the Company responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. The Company’s policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors. The following represents a summary of the warranty provision for the six months ended June 30, 2004 (in thousands):

         
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 1,999  
Additional provisions recorded
    1,201  
Deduction for payments made
    (733 )
Currency translation adjustment
    8  
 
   
 
 
Balance — End of period
  $ 2,475  
 
   
 
 

      Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts — The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency transaction exposures of its United Kingdom operations. The Company estimates its projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in the consolidated balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes. The following table summarizes the notional amount of the Company’s open foreign exchange contracts at June 30, 2004 (in thousands):

                         
    June 30, 2004
                    U.S. $
    Local           Equivalent
    Currency   U.S. $   Fair
    Amount
  Equivalent
  Value
Commitments to sell currencies:
                       
U.S. dollar
  $ 744     $ 987     $ 759  
Eurodollar
    47,372       59,870       59,659  
Swedish krona
    27,650       3,803       3,751  
Japanese yen
    3,605,000       37,613       35,417  
Australian dollar
    4,600       3,415       3,204  
UK pound sterling
    329       3       6  

     The difference between the U.S. $ equivalent and U.S. $ equivalent fair value of approximately $2.9 million is included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2004.

      Litigation — The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, product warranties, employment-related matters and environmental matters. Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance to cover these claims. The Company has established reserves for issues that are probable and estimatable in amounts management believes are adequate to cover reasonable adverse judgments not covered by insurance. Based upon the information available to management and discussions with legal counsel, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of the various legal actions and claims that are incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; however, such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of individual matters are not predictable with assurance.

- 10 -


Table of Contents

9. Defined Benefit Plan and Postretirement Benefits

     The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan that covers certain hourly and salaried employees in the United Kingdom. The Company’s policy is to make annual contributions to the plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In addition, the Company has an informal postretirement medical benefit plan for certain retirees and their dependents of the U.S. operations, and has recorded a liability for its estimated obligation under this plan. The postretirement medical benefit plan covers certain former employees and is no longer available to current employees. The impact of the postretirement medical benefit plan was not significant as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2004.

     The components of net periodic benefit cost related to the defined benefit plan is as follows (in thousands):

                 
    Six Months
    Ended June 30,
    2004
  2003
Service cost
  $ 597     $ 525  
Interest cost
    888       759  
Expected return on plan assets
    (888 )     (673 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    124       182  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 720     $ 792  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, that it expected to contribute $1.1 million to its pension plans in 2004. As of June 30, 2004, $0.6 million of contributions have been made to the pension plans. The Company anticipates contributing an additional $0.6 million to its pension plans in 2004 for total estimated contributions during 2004 of $1.2 million.

10. Related Party Transactions

     In addition to the items discussed in Note 5, the following related party transactions occurred during the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003:

    The Company made payments of $0.7 million and $0.8 million to Hidden Creek Industries, an affiliate of the Company, for financing and acquisition-related services for the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These services are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

    As of June 30, 2004, Onex controlled substantially all of the outstanding voting shares of the Company.

11. Subsequent Events

     On August 4, 2004, the Company reclassified all of its existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock and in connection therewith effected a 38.991-to-one stock split. The stock split has been reflected as of the beginning of all periods presented.

     On August 2, 2004, the Company effected the merger of the Company and Trim discussed in Note 1.

     On August 10, 2004, the Company completed its initial public offering of common stock at a price of $13.00 per share. Of the total shares offered, 3,125,000 were sold by the Company and 6,125,000 were sold by certain selling stockholders. Net proceeds to the Company of approximately $34.5 million were used to repay outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes.

     On August 16, 2004, the underwriters, pursuant to their overallotment option, purchased an additional 1,034,500 shares of common stock resulting in net proceeds of approximately $12.5 million to the Company, which was used to further reduce outstanding indebtedness.

     In connection with its initial public offering, the Company entered into a new $105.0 million senior credit facility, consisting of a $65.0 million term loan and a $40.0 million revolving credit facility. Borrowings from the new credit facility together with proceeds from the initial public offering were used to repay all of the Company’s borrowings under its existing senior credit facilities and all of its subordinated indebtedness, including all deferred and paid-in-kind interest thereon.

- 11 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 2: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Company Overview

     We are a leading supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We believe that we have the number one or two positions in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

     Demand for our products is generally dependent on the number of new commercial vehicles manufactured, which in turn is a function of general economic conditions, interest rates, changes in governmental regulations, consumer spending, fuel costs and our customers’ inventory levels and production rates. New commercial vehicle demand has historically been cyclical and is particularly sensitive to the industrial sector of the economy, which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage hauled by commercial vehicles.

     Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with new vehicle production, we also have the opportunity to grow through increasing our product content per vehicle through cross selling and bundling of products. We generally compete for new business at the beginning of the development of a new vehicle platform and upon the redesign of existing programs. New platform development generally begins at least one to three years before the marketing of such models by our customers. Contract durations for commercial vehicle products generally extend for the entire life of the platform, which is typically five to seven years.

     In sourcing products for a specific platform, the customer generally develops a proposed production timetable, including current volume and option mix estimates based on their own assumptions, and then sources business with the supplier pursuant to written contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments in terms of price, quality, technology and delivery. In general, these contracts, purchase orders and commitments provide that the customer can terminate if a supplier does not meet specified quality and delivery requirements and, in many cases, they provide that the price will decrease over the proposed production timetable. Awarded business generally covers the supply of all or a portion of a customer’s production and service requirements of a particular product program rather than the supply of a specific quantity of products. Accordingly, in estimating awarded business over the life of a contract or other commitment, a supplier must make various assumptions as to the estimated number of vehicles expected to be produced, the timing of that production, mix of options on the vehicles produced and pricing of the products being supplied. The actual production volumes and option mix of vehicles produced by customers depend on a number of factors that are beyond a supplier’s control.

Basis of Presentation

     Onex Corporation, Hidden Creek Industries and certain other investors acquired Trim Systems in 1997 and each of Commercial Vehicle Systems and National/KAB Seating in 2000. Each of these companies was initially owned through separate holding companies. The operations of Commercial Vehicle Systems and National/KAB Seating were formally combined under a single holding company, now known as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., on March 28, 2003. In connection with our initial public offering, Trim Systems became a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG on August 2, 2004. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their respective historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting.

- 12 -


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

     The table below sets forth certain operating data expressed as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

                                 
    Three Months   Six Months
    Ended June 30,
  Ended June 30,
    2004
  2003
  2004
  2003
Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of Sales
    82.2       83.0       82.1       83.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross Profit
    17.8       17.0       17.9       16.2  
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
    7.3       8.1       8.0       8.5  
Amortization Expense
    0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1  
Noncash Option Issuance Charge
    10.7       0.0       5.6       0.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating Income
    (0.2 )     8.8       4.3       7.6  
Other (Income) Expense
    (0.5 )     0.1       (2.1 )     1.8  
Interest Expense
    2.2       3.8       2.4       3.9  
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
    0.0       0.0       0.0       2.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
    (1.9 )     4.9       4.0       (0.3 )
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
    (1.0 )     2.8       1.4       (0.2 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net Income (Loss)
    (0.9 )%     2.1 %     2.6 %     (0.1 )%
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2003

      Revenues . Revenues increased $23.1 million, or 32.3%, to $94.5 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $71.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from a 40% increase in North American production and new business awards equating to $17.7 million of increased revenues, higher OEM sales in the European and Asian seating markets of $2.5 million and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $2.8 million. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to continue to remain strong during the remainder of 2004 as compared to the last half of 2003 due to a variety of factors including the broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and increasing hauler profits.

      Gross Profit . Gross profit increased $4.7 million, or 38.7%, to $16.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $12.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 17.8% in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from 17.0% in the three months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from the revenue increases discussed above and our ability to convert profitability on the revenue increases due to fixed cost absorption and continuous improvement offset by the impact of steel surcharges that we are being assessed on certain of our purchases of steel.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 18.4%, to $6.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $5.8 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted principally from increases in wages and general operational support and the addition of resources to accommodate product innovation and growth in the commercial vehicle sector.

      Amortization Expense . Amortization expense decreased 42.6%, to $27,000 in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $47,000 in the three months ended June 30, 2003.

      Noncash Option Issuance Charge. To reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock to 16 members of our management team in May 2004. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per share. As modified, such options have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date of these options.

- 13 -


Table of Contents

      Other (Income) Expense . We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations and will hedge a portion of the anticipated long or short position. We have not historically designated any of our forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges, electing instead to mark-to-market the contracts and record the fair value of the contracts in our balance sheets, with the offsetting non-cash gain or loss recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. The $0.4 million gain in the three months ended June 30, 2004 and the $0.1 million loss in the three months ended June 30, 2003 primarily represent the non-cash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each respective period.

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $0.6 million, or 23.3%, to $2.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $2.7 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003. This decrease reflects a reduction in total debt during the respective periods.

Provision for Income Taxes . Our effective tax rate is 51.4% for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 57.1% for the same period in 2003. An income tax benefit of $0.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 compares to a provision for income tax of $2.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003.

Net Income . Net income decreased $2.4 million to a loss of ($0.9) million in the three months ended June 30, 2004, compared to $1.5 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

      Revenues . Revenues increased $42.7 million, or 31.0%, to $180.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $137.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from strong North American production and new business awards equating to $30.7 million of increased revenues, higher OEM sales in the European Asian seating markets of $5.7 million and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $6.3 million.

      Gross Profit . Gross profit increased $10.0 million, or 45.0%, to $32.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $22.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 17.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from 16.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted primarily from the revenue increases discussed above and our ability to convert profitability on the revenue increases due to fixed cost absorption and continuous improvement.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.6 million, or 22.1%, to $14.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $11.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. This increase resulted principally from increases in wages and general operational support and the addition of resources to accommodate product innovation and growth in the commercial vehicle sector.

      Amortization Expense . Amortization expense decreased 32.3%, to $63,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $93,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003.

      Noncash Option Issuance Charge. To reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock to 16 members of our management team in May 2004. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per share. As modified, such options have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date of these options.

      Other (Income) Expense . We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations and will hedge a portion of the anticipated long or short position. We have not historically designated any of our forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges, electing instead to mark-to-market the contracts and record the fair value of the contracts in our balance sheets, with the offsetting non-cash gain or loss recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. The $3.7 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2004 and the $2.5 million loss in the six months ended June 30, 2003 principally represent the non-cash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each respective period.

- 14 -


Table of Contents

      Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $1.1 million, or 20.1%, to $4.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $5.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. This decrease reflects a reduction in total debt during the respective periods.

      Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt . As part of the combination of Commercial Vehicle Systems and National/KAB Seating during March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed during the six months ended June 30, 2003 approximated $3.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes . Our effective tax rate is 34.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 57.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2003. Provision for income taxes increased $2.7 million to $2.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to an income tax benefit of ($0.2) million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 resulting from tax refunds received during the first quarter of 2003.

      Net Income . Net income increased $4.9 million to $4.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to a loss of ($0.2) million in the six months ended June 30, 2003, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

     For the six months ended June 30, 2004, we generated cash from operations of $8.4 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, we generated cash from operation of $0.3 million.

     Net cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million for the first six months of 2004 compared to $3.1 million during the comparable period in 2003 which was for capital expenditures. Capital expenditures were primarily for equipment and tooling purchases related to new or replacement programs and current equipment upgrades. We continue to focus on cash management and expect future annual capital expenditures to be below the level of our annual depreciation expense.

     Net cash used in financing activities totaled $7.7 million for the first six months of 2004 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $1.4 million during the comparable period in 2003. The net cash used in 2004 was principally related to payments of outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

Debt and Credit Facilities

     As of June 30, 2004, our subsidiaries had an aggregate of $111.3 million of outstanding indebtedness excluding $2.2 million of outstanding letters of credit under various financing arrangements. Our subsidiaries were in compliance with all of their respective covenants as of June 30, 2004.

     In August 2004, in connection with our initial public offering, we entered into a new $105 million senior credit facility, consisting of a $65 million term loan and a $40 million revolving line of credit. We used borrowings under the term loan, together with proceeds of the offering to repay all of our existing borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities and to repay all of our existing subordinated indebtedness. In connection with this new senior credit facility, we expect to record a loss in the third quarter of 2004 on the early extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.1 million related to unamortized deferred financings fees.

     Under terms of our new senior credit facility, availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to the lesser of (i) a borrowing base that is equal to the sum of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) 50% of eligible inventory; or (ii) $40.0 million. Borrowings under the new senior credit facility bear interest at a floating rate, which can initially be either the prime rate plus 1.00% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum. After the first six months, the applicable margins to the prime rate and LIBOR borrowings will be adjusted based on our leverage ratio. The new senior credit facility contains various financial covenants, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.30, and a minimum ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense of not less than 2.50, in each case for the twelve month period ending on December 31 of each year, a limitation on the amount of capital expenditures of not more than $12.0 million in any fiscal year and a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA as of the last day of each fiscal quarter as set forth below:

- 15 -


Table of Contents

         
    Maximum Total
Quarters(s) Ending
  Leverage Ratio
9/30/04 and 12/31/04
    3.00 to 1.00  
3/31/05 through 12/31/05
    2.75 to 1.00  
3/31/06 through 12/31/06 and each fiscal quarter thereafter
    2.50 to 1.00  

     The new senior credit facility also contains covenants restricting certain corporate actions, including asset dispositions, acquisitions, dividends, changes of control, incurring indebtedness, making loans and investments and transactions with affiliates. If we do not comply with such covenants or satisfy such ratios, our lenders could declare a default under the new senior credit facility, and our indebtedness thereunder could be declared immediately due and payable. The new senior credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The new senior credit facility also contains customary events of default.

     We believe that cash flow from operating activities together with available borrowings under our new senior credit facility will be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital, planned capital spending and debt service requirements at least the next twelve months. We regularly review acquisition and additional opportunities, which may require additional debt or equity financing.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     We use standby letters of credit to guarantee our performance under various contracts and arrangements, principally in connection with our workers compensation liabilities with issuers and for leases on equipment and facilities. These letters of credit contracts are usually extended on a year-to-year basis. As of June 30, 2004, we had outstanding letters of credit of $2.2 million. We do not believe that these letters of credit will be required to be drawn.

     We currently have no non-consolidated special purpose entity arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by us in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, including those related to revenue recognition and sales commitments, valuation of goodwill, accounting for income taxes and defined benefit pension plan assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements. Ultimate results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

      Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments . We recognize revenue as our products are shipped to our customers, which is when title passes to the customer for substantially all of our sales. We enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with terms generally ranging from five to seven years, and we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. In certain instances, we may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to our customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, we record a liability for the estimated future amount of such losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the minimum amount necessary to fulfill our obligations to our customers. The estimated amount of such losses was approximately $0.9 million at June 30, 2004. We believe such estimate is reasonable and we do not anticipate additional losses; however, any change in the estimate will result in a change in period income (loss). We are subjected to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which we supplied products to our customers, a customer may hold us responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. Our policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors.

      Valuation of Goodwill . Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will

- 16 -


Table of Contents

continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill acquired prior to July 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

     Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we completed step one of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of our three reporting units. Upon completion of the required assessments under SFAS No. 142, we determined that the fair market value of the goodwill assigned to two of our reporting units was lower than its book value, resulting in an after-tax transitional impairment charge of approximately $51.6 million. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. Under the valuation techniques and approach applied by us in our SFAS No. 142 analysis, a change in certain key assumptions applied, such as the discount rate, projected future cash flows and mix of cash flows by geographic region could significantly impact the results of our assessment. The estimates we used are based upon reasonable and supportable assumptions and consider all available evidence. However, there is inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows and termination values.

     We perform impairment tests annually, during the second quarter, and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based upon our 2004 annual assessment, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred.

      Accounting for Income Taxes . As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including consideration of legal entity structure. This process involves us estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increases this allowance in a given period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against its net deferred tax assets. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $3.8 million as of June 30, 2004, due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of our deferred tax assets, primarily certain net operating loss carryovers and temporary differences at certain of our subsidiaries as a result of legal entity structuring and tax jurisdictions, before they expire. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that our actual results differ from our estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, the effects of these adjustments could materially impact our financial position and results of operations. In addition, future acquisitions or sale of our common stock may result in a change of ownership that may have an impact on our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and require the provision of an additional valuation allowance. The net deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2004 was $17.8 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.8 million.

      Defined Benefit Pension Plan . We sponsor one defined benefit pension plan that covers certain of our hourly and salaried employees at our United Kingdom operations. Our policy is to make annual contributions to this plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In calculating obligation and expense, we are required to select certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation. Our assumptions are determined based on current market conditions, historical information and consultation with and input from our actuaries. We have historically used December 31 as our annual measurement date. For 2003, we assumed a discount rate of 5.75% to determine our benefit obligations. Holding other variables constant (such as expected return on plan assets and rate of compensation increase), a one percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have increased our expense by $0.7 million and our benefit obligation by $6.1 million.

     We employ a building block approach in determining the expected long-term rate of return for plan assets, based on historical markets, long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed income and considering current market factors such as inflation and interest rates. Holding other variables constant (such as discount rate and rate of compensation increase) a one percentage point decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets related to would have increased our expense by $0.2 million. We expect to contribute $1.2 million to our pension plans in 2004.

     We employ a total return investment approach in managing pension plan assets whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. At December 31, 2003, our pension assets are comprised of 50% equity securities, 27% debt securities and 23% other investments.

- 17 -


Table of Contents

     While any negative impact of these Critical Accounting Policies would generally result in non-cash charges to earnings, the severity of any charge and its impact on stockholders’ investment could adversely affect our borrowing agreements, cost of capital and ability to raise external capital. Our senior management has reviewed these Critical Accounting Policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed its disclosure in this management discussion and analysis.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      Interest Rate Risk. We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We do enter into financial instruments, from time to time, to manage and reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and to hedge a portion of future anticipated currency transactions of our United Kingdom operations. The counterparties are major financial institutions.

     At June 30, 2004, we had no interest protection agreements outstanding. Outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts at June 30, 2004 are more fully described in our notes to our financial statements. The fair value of these contracts at June 30, 2004 amounted to a net asset of $2.9 million, which is reflected in other assets in our condensed June 30, 2004 balance sheet. None of these contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges; thus, the change in fair value at each reporting date is reflected as a non-cash charge (income) in our statement of operations. We may designate future forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges.

      Foreign Currency Risk. Foreign currency risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency translation exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in our balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in our statements of operations. We do not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes.

     Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange fluctuations are pound sterling/Eurodollar and pound sterling/Japanese yen. At June 30, 2004, the potential reduction in earnings from a hypothetical instantaneous 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency spot rates applied to foreign currency sensitive instruments would not have been significant. The foreign currency sensitivity model is limited by the assumption that all of the foreign currencies to which we are exposed would simultaneously decrease by 10% because such synchronized changes are unlikely to occur. The effects of the forward exchange contracts have been included in the above analysis; however, the sensitivity model does not include the inherent risks associated with the anticipated future transactions denominated in foreign currency .

      Foreign Currency Transactions. A significant portion of our revenues during the quarter ended June 30, 2004 were derived from manufacturing operations outside of the United States. The results of operations and the financial position of our operations in these other countries are principally measured in their respective currency and translated into U.S. dollars. A significant portion of the expenses generated in these countries is in currencies different from which revenue is generated. As discussed above, from time to time, we enter into forward exchange contracts to mitigate a portion of this currency risk. The reported income of these subsidiaries will be higher or lower depending on a weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency. A significant portion of our assets at June 30, 2004 are based in our foreign operations and are translated into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect as of the end of each period, with the effect of such translation reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ investment. Accordingly, our stockholders’ investment will fluctuate depending upon the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.

      Effects of Inflation. Inflation potentially affects us in two principal ways. First, a significant portion of our debt is tied to prevailing short-term interest rates that may change as a result of inflation rates, translating into changes in interest expense. Second, general inflation can impact material purchases, labor and other costs. In many cases, we have limited ability to pass through inflation-related cost increases due to the competitive nature of the markets that we serve. In the past few years, however, inflation has not been a significant factor.

- 18 -


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

     All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-Q, including without limitation the statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. When used in this Form 10-Q, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of the Company’s management as well as on assumptions made by and information currently available to the Company at the time such statements were made. Various economic and competitive factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in such forward-looking statements, including factors which are outside the control of the Company, such as risks relating to: (i) the Company’s ability to develop or successfully introduce new products; (ii) general economic or business conditions affecting the heavy-duty truck market; (iii) increased competition in the heavy-duty truck market; and (iv) the Company’s failure to complete or successfully integrate additional strategic acquisitions. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on behalf of the Company are expressly qualified in their entirety by such cautionary statements.

ITEM 3: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     See “Market Risk” section of Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

ITEM 4: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(c) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

- 19 -


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             
Item 1.   Legal Proceedings:
 
           
    None of significance.
 
           
Item 2.   Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
           
    (a)
 
           
    (1) On August 4, 2004, in connection with our initial public offering, each share of our then outstanding six classes of common stock (designated as Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, Class D-1 Common Stock, Class D-2 Common Stock and Class E Common Stock) was reclassified and converted into 38.991 shares of our sole remaining class of common stock.
 
           
    (2) On May 20, 2004, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim Systems, Inc. Pursuant to the merger, the holders of the outstanding shares and warrants of Trim Systems received shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis, resulting in the issuance of 41,626.56 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 27,932.06 shares of our Class B Common Stock and 5,568.75 shares of our Class C Common Stock. The exchange ratio was established based on the relative value of the two businesses at the time of the execution of the merger agreement. Customary valuation methodologies were utilized to determine such relative values.
 
           
    (3) On May 20, 2004, to reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, our board of directors granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our common stock to 16 members of our management team at exercise price of $5.54 per share (after giving effect to the reclassification and stock split). Such options have a ten-year term and 100% of such options are currently exercisable.
 
           
         The sales of the above securities were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
           
    (b) We completed a registered public offering on August 10, 2004. The SEC declared the Registration Statement for this offering (Form S-1, File Number 333-115708) effective on August 4, 2004. Pursuant to the Registration Statement, we registered 10,637,500 shares of common stock, including 3,125,000 shares to be sold by the Company, 6,125,000 to be sold by existing stockholders and an additional 1,387,500 shares to be sold by the Company subject to an underwriters’ over-allotment option. At a public offering price of $13.00 per share, the aggregate price of the amounts registered were $40,625,000 for the 3,125,000 shares to offered by the Company, $79,625,000 for the 6,125,000 shares to be offered by the selling stockholders and $18,037,500 for the additional 1,387,500 shares to be sold by the Company subject to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
           
         On August 10, 2004 the 3,125,000 shares offered by the Company and the 6,125,000 shares offered by the existing shareholders were sold to the underwriters and issued to the public at an aggregate offering price of $120,250,000. On August 23, 2004, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 1,034,500 shares of common stock from the Company, which were then issued to the public at an aggregate offering price of $13,448,500. The underwriters for these transactions were Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and RBC Capital Markets Corporation.
 
           
         Our expenses for these transactions included $9,334,406.25 for underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $2.0 million of other expenses, for a total of approximately $11.3 million. Of the foregoing expenses, $2,333,601.56 was paid to Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated who, together with its affiliates, owned more than 10% of our equity securities. No other expenses were paid to any of our officers, directors, 10% or greater stockholders or affiliates. All of these expenses were paid directly to the recipients. )
 
           

- 20 -


Table of Contents

             
         After payment of the foregoing expenses, we received approximately $48.9 million in net proceeds from these transactions. As of September 15, 2004, we had used the net proceeds to repay approximately $11.2 million of subordinated indebtedness and approximately $25.2 million to reduce borrowings under our credit facilities. Of these amounts, the following payments were made to persons who held 10% or more of our equity securities or to our affiliates:
 
           
         
Stockholder
  Amount
Onex American Holdings II LLC and affiliated investors
  $ 20,115,772  
Hidden Creek Industries
    1,857,728  
Affiliates of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII
    499,555  
Baird Capital Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates
    766,826  
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
    766,826  
 
   
 
 
Total
  $ 23,696,326  
             
         The remainder of the proceeds are currently being used for working capital.
 
           
Item 3.   Defaults Upon Senior Securities:
 
           
    None.
 
           
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders:
 
           
    On May 20, 2004, our stockholders acted by written consent to:
 
           
    (1) Approve an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation changing our name from Bostrom Holding, Inc. to Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and increasing our authorized shares of Class B Common Stock from 150,000 shares to 170,000 shares; and
 
           
    (2) Adopt our Management Stock Option Plan
 
           
    The results of the voting from stockholders that returned written consents for the actions listed above were 268,205.21 for and none against.
 
           
Item 5.   Other Information:
 
           
    None.
 
           
Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K:
 
           
    (a)   Exhibits:
 
           
 
      3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
           
 
      3.2   Amended and Restated By-laws of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
           
 
      10.1   Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2004, by and among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the foreign currency borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the banks from time to time parties hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, one of the banks, as administrative agent for the banks and Comerica Bank, one of the banks, as syndication agent for the Banks.
 
           
 
      10.2   Underwriting Agreement, dated August 4, 2004, among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., the selling stockholders listed in Schedule A thereto and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representative of the several underwriters.
 
           
 
      10.3   Joinder to the Registration Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2004, by and among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and the prior stockholders of Trim Systems.
 
           
 
      10.4   Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2004, among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., Onex American Holdings II LLC and the individuals named on Schedule I thereto.
 
           
 
      10.5   Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.
 
           
 
      10.6   Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2004, by and among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and the stockholders listed on the signatory pages thereto.
 
           
 
      31.1   Certification by Mervin Dunn, President and Chief Executive Officer.
 
           
 
      31.2   Certification by Chad M. Utrup, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer.
 
           
 
      32.1   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
           
 
      32.2   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
           
    (b)   Reports on Form 8-K:
 
           
    None.

- 21 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

         
    COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
 
       
Date: September 17, 2004
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
Chad M. Utrup
      Chief Financial Officer

- 22 -

 

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE I
NAME

     The name of the Corporation is Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

     The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

     The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is thirty-five million (35,000,000) shares, of which:

     Thirty million (30,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, shall be shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”); and

     Five million (5,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, shall be shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”).

     (A) Common Stock. Except as (1) otherwise required by law or (2) expressly provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

     (1) Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and to the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon

1


 

by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

     (2) Voting Rights. At every annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.

     (3) Liquidation Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed among holders of shares of Common Stock equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (A)(3).

     (4) Future Issuances. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock.

     (B) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class.

     (C) Split and Reclassification of Existing Common Stock.

     (1) Stock Split. Upon the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate (“the Effective Time”) each then outstanding share of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, Class D-1 Common Stock, Class D-2 Common Stock and Class E Common Stock (collectively the “Existing Common Stock”) shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any of the holders thereof, changed and converted into 38.991 shares of Existing Common Stock. Each certificate then outstanding representing shares of Existing Common Stock shall automatically represent from and after the Effective Time that number of shares of Existing Common Stock equal to the number of shares shown on the face of the certificate multiplied by 38.991.

2


 

     (2) Reclassification. At the Effective Time and immediately following the split of the Existing Common Stock set forth above (the “Stock Split”), each share of Existing Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time (after giving effect to the Stock Split) shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any of the holders thereof, be reclassified as a share of the Corporation’s sole remaining class of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (the “Reclassification”). Each certificate then outstanding representing shares of Existing Common Stock shall automatically represent from and after the Effective Time that number of shares of the corporation’s sole remaining class of Common Stock equal to the number of shares shown on the face of the certificate (as adjusted to reflect to the Stock Split).

     (3) As soon as possible after the Stock Split and Reclassification have been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to each of the former holders of Existing Common Stock a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable by reason of such transactions in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as such holder has specified.

     (4) The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the Stock Split and Reclassification shall be made without charge to the holders of such Existing Common Stock for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such transactions. Upon the Stock Split and Reclassification, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that the Common Stock, issuable with respect to such transactions shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof.

     (5) The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of the Existing Common Stock or of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the Stock Split and Reclassification in any manner which interferes with the timely completion of the Stock Split and Reclassification. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares required to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with the Stock Split and Reclassification (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).

     (6) All shares of Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance). The Corporation shall not take any action which would cause the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to be less than the number of such shares required to be reserved hereunder for issuance upon the Stock Split and Reclassification.

3


 

ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     (A) Management. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     (B) Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of directors then in office.

     (C) Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by the Board of Directors, provided that a quorum is then in office and present, or by a majority of the directors then in office, if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director. Directors elected to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancies shall hold office until such director’s successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

     (D) Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director may be removed from office at any time for cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

     (E) Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article V, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designations governing such series.

     (F) Written Ballot Not Required. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation shall otherwise provide.

     (G) By-laws. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the by-laws of the Corporation shall not be amended altered, changed or repealed by the stockholders, and no

4


 

provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted by the stockholders, without the affirmative vote of the holders of 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

     (H) Classification of Directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall be not so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders. For the purposes hereof, the initial Class I, Class II and Class III directors shall be those directors elected by the stockholders of the Corporation to the designated classes in connection with the adoption of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as practicable.

ARTICLE VI
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation or otherwise shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

     (A) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or

5


 

officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while so serving, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, partner, member or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Each person who is or was serving as a director or officer of a subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the Corporation.

     (B) Procedure. Any indemnification (but not advancement of expenses) under this Article VII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (a) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such proceeding (the “Disinterested Directors”), even though less than a quorum, (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders.

     (C) Advances for Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VII. The majority of the Disinterested Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent such person, in any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such proceeding.

     (D) Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification or advance of expenses (including attorney’s fees, costs and charges) under this Article VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days upon the written request of the director or officer (and, in the case of advance of expenses, receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified therefor pursuant to the terms of this Article VII). The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article VII shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in

6


 

connection with successfully establishing his/her right to indemnification or advancement, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses (including attorney’s fees, costs and charges) under this Article VII where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he/she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

     (E) Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his/her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administers of such person. All rights to indemnification under this Article VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such modification or repeal. For the purposes of this Article VII, references to “the Corporation” include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII, with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation, as he would if he/she had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

     (F) Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have

7


 

the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII; provided, however , that such insurance is available on acceptable terms, which determination shall be made by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

     (G) Savings Clause. If this Article VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each person entitled to indemnification under the first paragraph of this Article VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification is available to such person pursuant to this Article VII to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT/SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     For so long as either the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or the Corporation is required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation’s Common Stock: (i) the stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting, and must take any actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied and (ii) special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors then in office.

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT

     The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the state of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by law or otherwise, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt any provision inconsistent with, to amend, alter change or repeal any provision of, or to adopt a bylaw inconsistent with, Articles V, VI, VII, VIII or IX of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

8

 

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS OF
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE I

Offices

     SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 9 East Loockerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be National Registered Agents, Inc. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

     SECTION 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at any such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof.

     SECTION 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year and stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof. The date, time and place of such meeting shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided, however, that if the Chief Executive Officer does not act, the Board of Directors shall determine the date, time, and place of such meeting. At such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to replace those directors whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

     SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors then in office.

 


 

     SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders stating the date, place and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Notice shall be given personally or by mail and, if by mail, shall be sent in a postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or who, either before or after the meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, an annual or special meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

     SECTION 5. List of Stockholders. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

     SECTION 6. Quorum; Adjournments. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is set, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

-2-


 

     SECTION 7. Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in his absence or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

     SECTION 8. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

     SECTION 9. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation (including pursuant to any duly authorized certificate of designation) or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation standing in his name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation:

(a) on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 14 of Article II of these Amended and Restated By-laws (the “By-laws”) as the record date for the determination of the stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(b) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice thereof shall be given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

     Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy which is in writing or transmitted as permitted by law, including, without limitation, electronically, via telegram, internet, interactive voice response system, or other means of electronic transmission executed or authorized by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, but no proxy shall be voted after (3) three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. Any proxy transmitted electronically shall set forth information from which it can be determined by the secretary of the meeting that such electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, present and voting, in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Unless required by statute, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted and the number of votes to which each share is entitled.

-3-


 

     SECTION 10. Inspectors. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall, or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, appoint one or more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.

     SECTION 11. Advance Notice Provisions for Election of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors as provided under Section 3 of this Article II, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 11 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at such meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11.

     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

     To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event the annual meeting is scheduled to be held on a date more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the later of the close of business ninety (90) days prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

-4-


 

     To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

     No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

     SECTION 12. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meeting. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 12 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at such meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12.

     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

     To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in

-5-


 

the event the annual meeting is scheduled to be held on a date more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the later of the close of business ninety (90) days prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made.

     To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meting to bring such business before the meeting.

     No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12; provided, however , that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

     SECTION 13. Action by Written Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, by any provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, or the Corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; provided, however , that no consent delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent is actually received at the Corporation’s registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this Section 13 shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless,

-6-


 

within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by this Section 13, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

     SECTION 14. Fixing the Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. Such notice shall specify the action proposed to be consented to by stockholders. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation. Such delivery to the Corporation shall be made to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or any officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation. Such delivery shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders

-7-


 

entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

     In the event of delivery to the Corporation of a written consent or written consents purporting to authorize or take corporate action, and/or related revocation or revocations, (each such written consent and related revocation, individually and collectively, a “Consent”), the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide for the safekeeping of such Consent and shall as soon as practicable thereafter conduct such reasonable investigation as the Secretary deems necessary or appropriate for the purpose of ascertaining the validity of such Consent and all matters incident thereto, including, without limitation, whether holders of shares having the requisite voting power to authorize or take the action specified in the Consent have given consent. If after such investigation the Secretary shall determine that the Consent is sufficient and valid, that fact shall be certified on the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders, and the Consent shall be filed in such records, at which time the Consent shall become effective as stockholder action.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

     SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     SECTION 2. Number, Election and Term. Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of directors then in office. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including pursuant to any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series of Preferred Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. The directors shall be elected and shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

     SECTION 3. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as shall be specified in the notice of any such meeting.

-8-


 

     SECTION 4. Annual Meetings. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such other time or place (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 7 of this Article III.

     SECTION 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall he held at such time and place as the Board of Directors may fix. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

     SECTION 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or by two or more directors of the Corporation or by the Chief Executive Officer.

     SECTION 7. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these By-laws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 7, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting. Except as otherwise required by these By-laws, such notice need not state the purpose of such meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by telex, telecopy, or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing signed by the director entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records.

     SECTION 8. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

-9-


 

     SECTION 9. Quorum and Manner of Acting. A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly required by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to all of the directors unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, in which case such notice shall only be given to the directors who were not present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The directors shall act only as a Board and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

     SECTION 10. Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer (or, in his absence, another director chosen by a majority of the directors present) shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary or, in his absence, any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

     SECTION 11. Resignations; Newly Created Directorships; Vacancies; and Removals. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or any other cause shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may be removed in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

     SECTION 12. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

     SECTION 13. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each

-10-


 

committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

     SECTION 14. Committee Rules. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 13 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

     SECTION 15. Action by Written Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

     SECTION 16. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

     SECTION 1. Number and Qualifications. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, and no officer except the Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill

-11-


 

any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

     SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-laws.

     SECTION 3. Resignations. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 4. Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof.

     SECTION 5. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors then in office.

     SECTION 6. Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

     SECTION 7. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-laws. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall, in addition, be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 8 of this Article IV.

     SECTION 8. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. He shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of the Board of Directors or the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, he shall be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, including authority over its officers, agents and employees, and shall have such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders

-12-


 

and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

     SECTION 9. President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation. He shall perform all duties incident to the office of President, and be responsible for the general direction of the operations of the business, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, and shall have such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these By-laws. At the written request of the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence or in the event of his inability to act, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and, when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to the restrictions placed upon the Chief Executive Officer in respect of the performance of such duties.

     SECTION 10. Vice President. Each Vice President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. At the written request of the President, or in the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions placed upon the President in respect of the performance of such duties.

     SECTION 11. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall:

(a) have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Corporation;

(b) keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation;

(c) deposit all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction;

(d) receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever;

(e) disburse the funds of the Corporation and supervise the investments of its funds, taking proper vouchers therefore;

(f) render to the Board of Directors, whenever the Board of Directors may require, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation; and

-13-


 

(g) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

The Chief Financial Officer may also be the Treasurer if so determined by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 12. Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board of Directors and the stockholders;

(b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law;

(c) be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all certificates for shares of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

(d) see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

(e) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 13. The Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or, if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability to act or his failure to act (in violation of a duty to act or in contravention of direction to act by the Board of Directors), perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 14. The Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability to act or his failure to act (in violation of a duty to act or in contravention of direction to act by the Board of Directors), perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

-14-


 

     SECTION 15. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these By-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 16. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

     SECTION 17. Absence or Disability of Officers. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

Stock Certificates and Their Transfer

     SECTION 1. Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors may issue stock certificates, or may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares of stock. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by a certificate and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice-President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation. A certificate representing shares issued by the Corporation shall, if the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock, set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or shall state that the Corporation will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. The Corporation shall furnish to any holder of uncertificated shares, upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Any request by a holder for a certificate shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Corporation.

     SECTION 2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

-15-


 

     SECTION 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate

     SECTION 4. Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its records; provided, however , that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. Whenever any transfer of stock shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.

     SECTION 5. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

     SECTION 6. Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

     SECTION 7. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

General Provisions

     SECTION 1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of statutes and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

-16-


 

     SECTION 2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.

     SECTION 3. Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors, which form may be changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each fiscal year and may thereafter be changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

     SECTION 6. Execution of Contracts, Deeds, Etc. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 7. Loans. The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

     SECTION 8. Voting of Stock in Other Corporations. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, may (or may appoint one or more attorneys or agents to) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation. In the event one or more attorneys or agents are appointed, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent. The Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer may, or may instruct the attorneys or agents appointed to, execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the

-17-


 

Corporation and under its seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the circumstances.

     SECTION 9. Inspection of Books and Records. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

     SECTION 10. Section Headings. Section headings in these By-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing an provision herein.

     SECTION 11. Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these By-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

Amendments

     These By-laws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new By-laws adopted only in accordance with Article V of the Certificate of Incorporation.

-18-

 

Exhibit 10.1

REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM

LOAN AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF AUGUST 10, 2004

AMONG

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,

as the Company

THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

THE FOREIGN CURRENCY BORROWERS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

THE BANKS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, and

COMERICA BANK,

as Syndication Agent



Dorsey & Whitney LLP
50 South Sixth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

 


 

Exhibit 10.1

REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

     THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of August 10, 2004, is by and among COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS from time to time parties hereto, the FOREIGN CURRENCY BORROWERS from time to time parties hereto, the BANKS from time to time parties hereto, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, one of the Banks, as administrative agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the “Agent”) and COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation, one of the Banks, as syndication agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the “Syndication Agent”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     Section 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (and such meanings shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined, as the context may require):

     “Account”: As at any date of determination, all “accounts” (as such term is defined in the UCC) of a Borrower, including, without limitation, the unpaid portion of the obligation of a customer of a Borrower in respect of Inventory purchased by and shipped to such customer and/or the rendition of services by a Borrower, as stated on the respective invoice of a Borrower.

     “Account Debtor”: The Person who is obligated on or under an Account.

     “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate”: With respect to each Interest Period applicable to a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next one hundredth of one percent) determined by dividing the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period by the difference of 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.

     “Advance”: Any portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans or Term Loans or Term Loans (Foreign Currency) by a Bank as to which one of the available interest rate options and, if pertinent, an Interest Period, is applicable. An Advance may be a Eurocurrency Rate Advance or a Prime Rate Advance, and may, as the context may require, include a Foreign Currency Advance.

     “Affiliate”: When used with reference to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person referred to, (b) each Person which beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of the voting Equity Interests of the Person referred to, (c) each Person, ten percent or more of the voting Equity Interests of which is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the Person referred to, and (d) each of such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers and partners. The term control (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Person in question.

 


 

     “Agent”: As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.

     “Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts”: As of any date, the sum of the Revolving Commitment Amounts of all the Banks.

     “Applicable Lending Office”: For each Bank and for each type of Advance, the office of such Bank identified as such Bank’s Applicable Lending Office on the signature pages hereof or such other domestic or foreign office of such Bank (or of an Affiliate of such Bank) as such Bank may specify from time to time, by notice given pursuant to Section 9.4, to the Agent and the Borrowers’ Agent as the office by which its Advances of such type are to be made and maintained.

     “Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage”: Subject to the last sentence of this definition, for an initial period beginning on and including the Closing Date through February 10, 2005, the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be 0.375%, and thereafter with respect to each period beginning five days after the financial statements and compliance certificate required by Sections 5.2(a) and (b) are delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2004) and ending on the day five days after the date such financial statements and compliance certificate for the next fiscal quarter are actually delivered, the percentage specified in the table below as the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage based on the Total Leverage Ratio calculated as of the end of the fiscal quarter for which such statements were delivered:

         
    Applicable Commitment
Total Leverage Ratio
  Fee Percentage
³ 3.00x
    0.500 %
³ 2.50x to <3.00x
    0.500 %
³ 2.00x to <2.50x
    0.375 %
³ 1.50x to <2.00x
    0.250 %
< 1.50x
    0.250 %

During the period beginning on the date five days after the financial statements and compliance certificate for a fiscal quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.2(a) and (b) but are not delivered and ending five days after the date such financial statements are delivered, the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall be as specified for a Total Leverage Ratio greater than 3.00.

     “Applicable Margin”: Subject to the last sentence of this definition, for an initial period beginning on and including the Closing Date through February 10, 2005, the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances shall be 1.00% per annum and for Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be 2.25% per annum, and thereafter with respect to each period beginning five days after the financial statements and compliance certificate required by Sections 5.2(a) and (b) are delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2004) and ending on the day five days after the date such financial statements and compliance

2


 

certificate for the next fiscal quarter are actually delivered, the percentage specified in the table below as applicable to Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Advances, based on the Total Leverage Ratio calculated as of the end of the fiscal quarter for which such financial statements were delivered:

                 
    Eurocurrency   Prime
    Rate   Rate
Total Leverage Ratio
  Advances
  Advances
³ 3.00x
    3.25 %     1.75 %
³ 2.50x to <3.00x
    2.75 %     1.50 %
³ 2.00x to <2.50x
    2.25 %     1.00 %
³ 1.50x to <2.00x
    2.00 %     0.75 %
< 1.50x
    1.75 %     0.50 %

During the period beginning on the date five days after the financial statements and compliance certificate for a fiscal quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and (b) but are not delivered and ending five days after the date such financial statements are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be as specified for a Total Leverage Ratio greater than 3.00. The Applicable Margin applicable to any outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Advances and Prime Rate Advances shall change as and when the Applicable Margin changes pursuant to this definition.

     “Assignees”: As defined in Section 9.6(c).

     “Assignment Agreement”: As defined in Section 9.6(c).

     “Assumption Letter”: A certain letter of a new Subsidiary Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1A hereto.

     “Banks”: The banks listed on the signature pages of this Agreement.

     “Board”: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

     “Borrowers”: The Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Foreign Currency Borrowers.

     “Borrowers’ Agent”: The Company.

     “Borrower Loan Documents”: This Agreement, the Notes and any of the Security Documents to be executed by a Borrower.

     “Borrowing Base”: With respect to Subsidiary Borrowers, as determined in accordance with the formula set forth in Exhibit 1.1B.

     “Borrowing Base Certificate”: A certificate in the form of Exhibit 1.1C.

3


 

     “Borrowing Base Deficiency”: At the time of any determination, the amount, if any, by which Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Base.

     “Business Day”: Any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the States of Minnesota or Michigan) on which banks are permitted to be open in Minneapolis, Minnesota and Detroit, Michigan.

     “Capital Expenditures”: For any Person for any period, the sum of all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefore or additions thereto, that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person; provided, however, that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) proceeds from insurance or condemnation to the extent that such proceeds from insurance or condemnation are reinvested in assets as permitted under this Agreement, (ii) any portion of the purchase price paid in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or (iii) proceeds from the sale of assets reinvested within 180 days in assets, (iv) amounts expended in respect of normal repair and maintenance of plant facilities, machinery, fixtures and other like capital assets utilized in the ordinary conduct of business (to the extent such amounts would not be capitalized in preparing a balance sheet determined in accordance with GAAP) or (v) are made from proceeds from the sale or issuance of equity by, or equity contribution made to the Company.

     “Capitalized Lease”: A lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property with respect to which at least a portion of the rent or other amounts thereon constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations.

     “Capitalized Lease Obligations”: As to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP (including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board), and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP (including such Statement No. 13).

     “Cash Dividends”: Dividends paid in cash by the Company to its shareholders.

     “Cash Equivalents”: Cash, cash equivalents or short-term marketable debt securities.

     “Change of Control”: With respect to the Company, the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following circumstances: (a) any Person or two or more Persons (other than Onex Corporation) acting in concert acquiring by contract or otherwise, or entering into a contract or agreement which upon consummation will result in its or their acquisition of, control over Equity Interests of the Company representing 18% or more of the combined voting entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company, and (b) the Company ceasing to own, directly or indirectly at least 51% of all Equity Interests of each Subsidiary thereof entitled to vote in the election of directors (or other similar body) of such Subsidiary.

     “Charges”: As defined in Section 9.19.

4


 

     “Closing Date”: Any Business Day selected by the Borrowers for the making of the first Loans hereunder; provided, that all the conditions precedent to the obligation of the Banks to make such Loans, as set forth in Article III, have been, or, on such Closing Date, will be, satisfied.

     “Code”: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     “Collateral”: All Property and interests in Property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers or any other Person in or upon which a Lien now or hereafter exists in favor of any Bank or the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and Banks, whether under this Agreement or under any other documents executed by any such Persons and delivered to the Agent.

     “Commitments”: The Revolving Commitments and the Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loan Commitments (Foreign Currency) and the Swingline Commitment.

     “Consolidated Interest Expense”: For any period, the total interest expense (including that attributable to capital leases) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding costs and expenses related to the incurrence of indebtedness).

     “Consolidated Cash Interest Expense”: For any period, Consolidated Interest Expense payable in cash less (i) any reasonable fees (including underwriting fees) and expenses paid in connection with the consummation of the Merger, IPO, Permitted Acquisitions or permitted Investments, (ii) any payments made to obtain any Rate Contracts, (iii) any agent or collateral monitoring fees paid or required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) the actual or implied interest component of any consulting payments, (v) interest on obligations incurred in connection with the repurchase of equity permitted hereunder and (vi) unused line fees and letter of credit fees and expenses paid hereunder, in each case net of interest income for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     “Contingent Obligation”: As to any Person, any direct or indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with or without recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation (the “Primary Obligations”) of another Person (the “Primary Obligor”), including any obligation of that Person (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such Primary Obligations or any security therefore, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any such Primary Obligation, or to maintain working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of the Primary Obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Primary Obligation of the ability of the Primary Obligor to make payment of such Primary Obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any such Primary Obligation against loss in respect thereof (each of (i)-(iv), a “Guaranty Obligation”); (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplied or other property from, or to obtain the services of, another Person if the relevant contract or other related document or obligation requires that payment for such materials, supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be made regardless of whether

5


 

delivery of such materials, supplies or other property is ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or tendered; or (d) in respect of any Rate Contract. The amount of any Contingent Obligation, (w) in the case of Guaranty Obligations, shall be deemed equal to the least of (i) the stated or determinable amount of the Primary Obligation in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made or, if not stated or if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, (ii) the stated amount of the guaranty, and (iii) to the extent such Guaranty Obligation is limited to recovery against a particular asset, the fair market value of such asset, (x) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Rate Contracts, shall be deemed equal to the aggregate Rate Contract Termination Value of such Rate Contracts, (y) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Surety Instruments, shall be deemed equal to the probable amount of the expected liability thereunder, and (z) in the case of Contingent Obligations in respect of Non-Surety Letters of Credit, shall be deemed equal to (A) the face amount of outstanding Non-Surety Letters of Credit which are not Letters of Credit and (B) the outstanding amount of Letters of Credit Obligations in respect of Non-Surety Letters of Credit which are Letters of Credit.

     “Contractual Obligation”: As to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

     “Controlled Group” The Company and all Persons (whether or not incorporated) under common control or treated as a single employer with the Company pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

     “Debenture”: That certain Guaranty and Debenture dated concurrently herewith between the Foreign Currency Borrowers and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee for the Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Banks, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Default”: Any event which, with the giving of notice (whether such notice is required under Section 7.1, or under some other provision of this Agreement, or otherwise) or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

     “Defaulting Bank”: At any time, any Bank that, at such time (a) has failed to make a Revolving Loan or its Term Loan or its Term Loan (Foreign Currency) or any Advances thereunder required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including the funding of any participation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (b) has failed to pay to the Agent or any Bank an amount owed by such Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency proceeding, or to a receiver, trustee or similar official.

     “Disposition”: (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Property, other than sales or other dispositions expressly permitted under Section 6.2 (other than subsections 6.2(a)(ii) and 6.2(b)), and (b) the sale or transfer by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary and held by such transferor Person, except as expressly permitted under Section 6.2.

6


 

     “Dollar Amount”: Any currency at any date shall mean (i) the amount of such currency if such currency is U.S. Dollars or (ii) the Equivalent Amount thereof if such currency is any currency other than U.S. Dollars. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to the “Dollar Amount” of any Foreign Currency Advance shall mean the Dollar Amount of the outstanding principal amount of such Foreign Currency Advance.

     “Domestic Subsidiary”: Any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

     “Dormant Subsidiary”: Any Subsidiary listed in Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.

     “Earn-outs”: All obligations incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition under deferred purchase arrangements including any such arrangements, non-compete agreements, consulting agreements, purchase agreements and earn-out agreements, in each case excluding obligations upon any interest-bearing indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.

     “EBITDA”: For any period of determination, the consolidated net income of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries plus (i) income taxes, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) depreciation and amortization and (iv) unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges, non-cash fees and non-cash expenses, (v) costs, fees, charges and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, and (vi) management fees, consulting fees, advisory fees or similar fees to HCI Partners LLC or any of its Affiliates, plus, in each case, to the extent approved by the Required Banks: (vii) proceeds from business interruption insurance, (viii) payments upon Earn-outs (provided that such addition is consistent with GAAP), (ix) reasonable costs, fees, expenses, charges and any one time payments made related to any Permitted Acquisition, Investments, issuance of Equity Interests, recapitalization, Disposition or Indebtedness, in each case as may be permitted by this Agreement, (x) one time compensation charges, including, without limitation, stay bonuses paid to existing management and severance costs, (xi) expenses and charges which will be indemnified or reimbursed, and (xii) all other non-cash charges; provided, that EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to any Permitted Acquisition as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of the applicable period, in each case as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and to Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. In addition, to the extent consistent with GAAP, net income shall be calculated without giving effect to (A) any write-off of financing cost incurred as a result of the refinancing of Indebtedness existing immediately prior to the Closing Date, (B) purchase accounting or similar adjustments required or permitted by GAAP, in connection with the Merger and any Permitted Acquisition, (C) any gain or loss recognized in determining consolidated net income (or net loss) for such period in respect of pension and other post-retirement benefits permitted by this Agreement, (D) any gain or loss recognized in determining consolidated net income (or loss) for such period in respect of pension assets, (E) extraordinary gains or losses, (F) gains or losses from asset dispositions permitted by this Agreement or (G) gains or losses from discontinued operations, or (H) gains or losses with respect to foreign exchange and/or interest rate protection adjustments reflected in the income statement of the Company. For the three fiscal quarters ending on the following dates, EBITDA shall be deemed to be the respective amounts indicated: December 31, 2003 — $9,461,000; March 31, 2004 — $10,013,000; and June 30, 2004 — $12,331,000.

7


 

     “EBITDAR”: For any period of determination, EBITDA for such period, plus Rental Obligations for such period.

     “Environmental Claims”: all claims, however asserted, by any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury to the environment or threat to public health, personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources damage, or otherwise alleging liability or responsibility for damages (punitive or otherwise), cleanup, removal, remedial or response costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive relief, or other type of relief, resulting from or based upon the presence, placement, discharge, emission or release (including intentional and unintentional, negligent and non-negligent, sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental, placement, spills, leaks, discharges, emissions or releases) of any Hazardous Material at, in, or from Property, whether or not owned by the Borrower.

     “Environmental Law”: All foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to protection of the environment or health, safety or land use matters; including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

     “Equity Interests”: All shares, interests, participation or other equivalents, however designated, of or in a corporation or a limited liability company, whether or not voting, including but not limited to common stock, member interests, warrants, preferred stock, convertible debentures, and all agreements, instruments and documents convertible, in whole or in part, into any one or more or all of the foregoing.

     “Equivalent Amount”: Any currency at any date shall mean the equivalent in U.S. Dollars of such currency, calculated on the basis of the arithmetic mean of the buy and sell spot rates of exchange of the Agent or the applicable Foreign Currency Funding Agent, as the case may be, or an Affiliate of the Agent or such Foreign Currency Funding Agent, in the London interbank market (or other market where the Agent’s or such Foreign Currency Funding Agent’s, as applicable, foreign exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted) for such other currency at or about 11:00 A.M. (local time applicable to the transaction in question) on the date on which such amount is to be determined, rounded up to the nearest amount of such currency as determined by the Agent or such Foreign Currency Funding Agent, as applicable, from time to time; provided, however, that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Agent or the applicable Foreign Currency Funding Agent, as the case may be, or an Affiliate of the Agent or such Foreign Currency Funding Agent, may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate (after consultation with the Company) to determine such amount, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

     “ERISA”: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

8


 

     “ERISA Affiliate”: Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of a group of which a Borrower is a member and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

     “ERISA Event”: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Qualified Plan or a Multiemployer Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Qualified Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA); (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Qualified Plan or Multiemployer Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (e) a failure by the Company or any member of the Controlled Group to make required contributions to a Qualified Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Qualified Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate; (h) an application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Plan; (i) a non-exempt prohibited transaction occurs with respect to any Plan for which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may be directly or indirectly liable; or (j) a violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person with respect to any Plan for which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group may be directly or indirectly liable.

     “Eurocurrency Applicable Reference Page”: Any generally-published reference on interest rates applicable to Dollars and Foreign Currencies from time to time selected by the Agent (or, as to the Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent), in its sole discretion, which may include (a) the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, (b) Page 1700 and following pages on the Knight-Ridder MoneyCenter Service, or (c) Telerate Page 3750, or other applicable pages setting forth rates of interest on the Dow Jones Telerate Service (or in any case, such other pages as may replace the pages on such services for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for Dollar, or if applicable, Foreign Currency, deposits). “Telerate page 3750” means the display designated as such on the Telerate reporting system operated by Telerate System Incorporated (or such other page as may replace page 3750 for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for United States dollar deposits).

     “Eurocurrency Business Day”: A Business Day which is also a day for trading by and between banks in United States dollar deposits in the interbank Eurocurrency market and a day on which banks are open for business in New York City and Minneapolis, Minnesota, and as to determinations made with respect to Foreign Currency Advances, in London, England.

     “Eurocurrency Rate”: With respect to each Interest Period applicable to a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, the average offered rate for deposits in United States dollars (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) for delivery of such deposits on the first day of such Interest Period, for the number of days in such Interest Period, which appears on Eurocurrency

9


 

Applicable Reference Page as of 11:00 AM, London time (or such other time as of which such rate appears) two Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or the rate for such deposits determined by the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) at such time based on such other published service of general application as shall be selected by such Agent for such purpose; provided, that in lieu of determining the rate in the foregoing manner, the relevant Agent may determine the rate based on rates at which United States dollar deposits are offered to the relevant Agent in the interbank Eurocurrency market at such time for delivery in Immediately Available Funds on the first day of such Interest Period in an amount approximately equal to the Loan to which such Interest Period is to apply (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%).

     “Eurocurrency Rate Advance”: An Advance with respect to which the interest rate is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate.

     “Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage”: As of any day, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, with deposits comparable in amount to those held by the Agent, in respect of “Eurocurrency Liabilities” as such term is defined in Regulation D of the Board or in respect of any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Rate Advances is determined or any category of extensions of credit or other assets that include loans by non-United States offices of any Bank to United States residents. The rate of interest applicable to any outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.

     “Event of Default”: Any event described in Section 7.1.

     “Event of Loss”: With respect to any Property, any of the following: (a) any loss, destruction or damage of such Property or (b) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such Property, or confiscation of such Property or the requisition of the use of such Property.

     “Excess Cash Flow”: For any period of determination, the sum (determined without duplication) of (a) EBITDA for such period, minus (b) income taxes and Interest Expense paid (to the extent such taxes and Interest Expense are paid in cash), minus (c) all scheduled principal payments made in respect of Indebtedness during such period (excluding mandatory prepayments upon the Loans made with Excess Cash Flow), minus (d) all Capital Expenditures made during such period (to the extent not financed with Indebtedness permitted hereunder (other than with the proceeds of Revolving Loans)), minus (e) all payments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.11, minus, (f) all Investments made in cash to the extent permitted hereunder, minus (g) amounts added to net income in calculating EBITDA pursuant to clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) of the first sentence of the definition of EBITDA contained in this Agreement, plus (h) amounts excluded from net income in calculating EBITDA pursuant to clauses (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the second sentence of the definition of EBITDA contained in this Agreement, plus or minus (i) the net change in working capital (excluding changes in cash balances, changes in short term indebtedness and changes in deferred taxes) of

10


 

the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period, minus (j) all optional prepayments made on Indebtedness existing on the date hereof (other than the Obligations).

     “Excluded Issuances”: The sale or issuance of debt securities by the Borrowers (a) to any Person who holds an Equity Interest in any Borrower as of the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, (b) to members of the management of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business and (c) the proceeds of which will be used to make (i) Capital Expenditures in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent such expenditures are otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) Investments of the type expressly permitted hereunder; provided, that any such debt securities issued by any Borrower shall constitute Subordinated Indebtedness hereunder, are unsecured and subordinated in a manner acceptable to the Agent and the Required Banks and contain other terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent and the Required Banks.

     “Excluded Subsidiaries”: Any Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Currency Borrower) that either (a) is a Dormant Subsidiary or (b) is an immaterial Foreign Subsidiary.

     “Existing Letters of Credit”: The letters of credit outstanding on the Closing Date and issued by Comerica Bank for the account of the Company or a Subsidiary and specified on Exhibit 1.1D.

     “Federal Funds Rate”: For any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions, with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

     “Fee Letter”: That certain letter dated the date of this Agreement between the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent concerning certain fees payable to the Agent and the Syndication Agent.

     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: For any period of determination, the ratio of (i) EBITDAR, minus Capital Expenditures of the Company and its Subsidiaries, minus taxes paid in cash by the Company and its Subsidiaries, minus Cash Dividends, minus Management Fees paid in cash to (ii) the sum of Fixed Charges.

     “Fixed Charges”: With respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, for any period of determination, (a) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, (b) Rental Obligations, (c) regularly scheduled amortization payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of principal on the Obligations, and (d) obligations upon Earn-outs that are paid in cash.

     “Foreign Currency”: United Kingdom Pounds Sterling.

     “Foreign Currency Addendum”: An addendum to this Agreement in the form as shall be approved by the Foreign Currency Funding Agent and the Agent and the Banks.

11


 

     “Foreign Currency Advance”: The Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and any portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans that is made in the Foreign Currency. A Foreign Currency Advance may be at a Eurocurrency Rate Advance or a Prime Rate Advance.

     “Foreign Currency Bank”: With respect to Foreign Currency Advances for Revolving Loans, initially U.S. Bank National Association and thereafter any Bank that is a party to an applicable Foreign Currency Addendum. With respect to Term Loans (Foreign Currency), initially U.S. Bank National Association and thereafter any Bank that is party to an applicable Foreign Currency Addendum.

     “Foreign Currency Borrowers”: Each of the Company’s Foreign Subsidiaries that are listed on the signature pages of this Agreement.

     “Foreign Currency Sublimit”: U.K. Pounds Sterling £15,000,000.

     “Foreign Subsidiary”: Any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction not in the United States of America or any Subsidiary of a Person that is organized in such a jurisdiction.

     “Funded Indebtedness”: For any Person, the indebtedness of such Person specified in clauses (a) and (d) of the definition of “Indebtedness” as well as other interest-bearing Indebtedness.

     “GAAP”: Generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of any date of determination.

     “Governmental Authority”: Any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

     “Guaranty Obligation”: As defined in the definition of “Contingent Obligation”.

     “Hazardous Materials”: All those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law.

     “Holding Account”: A deposit account belonging to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks into which the Borrowers may be required to make deposits pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, such account to be under the sole dominion and control of the Agent and not subject to withdrawal by the Borrowers, with any amounts therein to be held for application toward payment of any outstanding Letters of Credit when drawn upon or applied as specified in Section 2.7(b), as the case may be.

12


 

     “Immediately Available Funds”: Funds with good value on the day and in the city in which payment is received.

     “Indebtedness”: For any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and accrued expenses entered into or incurred in the ordinary course of business); (c) all Contingent Obligations with respect to Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all principal and interest obligations (classified as a liability on such Person’s balance sheet) with respect to Capitalized Leases; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP; (h) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (i) all Guaranty Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above; provided, that (1) Indebtedness shall not include Earn-outs or Obligations payable in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to preferred equity, employee consulting arrangements, deferred rent, deferred taxes, employment agreements and deferred compensation and (2) the amount of Indebtedness which is non-recourse to the obligor thereunder or to such Person or for which recourse is limited to an identified asset shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the limited amount of such obligation and (B) the fair market value of such asset. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include all recourse Indebtedness then outstanding of any partnership or joint venture or limited liability company in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer or a member and as to which such Person is or may become directly liable.

     “Indemnitee”: As defined in Section 9.12.

     “Insolvency Proceeding”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case in (a) and (b) above, undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

     “Interest Coverage Ratio”: For any period of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDA, to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense.

13


 

     “Interest Expense”: For any period of determination, the aggregate consolidated amount, without duplication, of interest paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid in respect of any Indebtedness of Borrowers, including (a) all but the principal component of payments in respect of conditional sale contracts, Capitalized Leases and other title retention agreements, (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financings and (c) net costs under Rate Contracts, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

     “Interest Period”: With respect to each Eurocurrency Rate Advance, the period commencing on the date thereof or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period, if any, applicable to an outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Advance and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrowers may elect in the applicable notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion; provided that with respect to each Eurocurrency Rate Advance:

     (1) Any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day which is not a Eurocurrency Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurocurrency Business Day unless such Eurocurrency Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Eurocurrency Business Day;

     (2) Any Interest Period that begins on the last Eurocurrency Business Day of a calendar month (or a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Eurocurrency Business Day of a calendar month; and

     (3) Any Interest Period applicable to an Advance on a Revolving Loan that would otherwise end after the Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date, and any Interest Period applicable to an Advance on a Term Loan or its Term Loan (Foreign Currency) that would otherwise end after the scheduled maturity of such Term Loan or Term Loan (Foreign Currency) shall end on such maturity.

     “Inventory”: All of the “inventory” (as such term is defined in the UCC) of the Borrower, including, but not limited to, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, work-in-process and finished goods intended for sale, together with all the containers, packing, packaging, shipping and similar materials related thereto, and including such inventory as is temporarily out of the Borrower’s custody or possession, including inventory on the premises of others and items in transit.

     “Investment”: As defined in Section 6.4.

     “IPO”: The initial public offering of the Company pursuant to the registration statement provided to the Agent.

     “Letter of Credit”: An irrevocable letter of credit issued by a Letter of Credit Bank pursuant to this Agreement for the account of a Borrower, including the Existing Letters of Credit.

14


 

     “Letter of Credit Bank”: (a) U.S. Bank National Association, (b) as to the Existing Letters of Credit, Comerica Bank and/or (c) from time to time, a Bank approved by the Borrowers and the Agent that issues Letters of Credit, in its capacity as such issuer.

     “Letter of Credit Fee”: As defined in Section 2.15(c).

     “Lien”: With respect to any Person, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance, title retention agreement or analogous instrument or device (including the interest of each lessor under any Capitalized Lease), in, of or on any assets or properties of such Person, now owned or hereafter acquired, whether arising by agreement or operation of law.

     “Loan”: A Revolving Loan or a Term Loan or a Term Loan (Foreign Currency) or a Swingline Loan.

     “Loan Documents”: This Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents.

     “Management Agreement”: That certain management agreement to be entered into between the Company and HCI Partners, LLC or an Affiliate thereof.

     “Management Fees”: Payments of management fees made to HCI Partners, LLC or its Affiliates or any of their successors.

     “Margin Stock”: As such term is defined in Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

     “Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, Properties or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of a Borrower or any of their material Subsidiaries to perform in any material respect its obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, or (ii) the perfection or priority of any material Lien granted to the Banks or to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks under any of the Security Documents.

     “Maximum Rate”: As defined in Section 9.19.

     “Merger”: The merger of Trim Merger Co. with and into Trim Systems, Inc. and the exchange of shares of common stock of Bostrom Holding, Inc. for the outstanding shares of Trim Systems, Inc. pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 20, 2004.

     “Money Markets”: At any time, one or more wholesale funding markets selected by the Agent in its sole discretion, including markets for the funding of negotiable certificates of deposit, commercial paper, Eurocurrency deposits, bank notes, federal funds, interest rate swaps and others.

     “Multiemployer Plan”: A multiemployer plan, as such term is defined in Section 4001 (a) (3) of ERISA, which is maintained (on the Closing Date, within the five years preceding the

15


 

Closing Date, or at any time after the Closing Date) for employees of a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

     “Net Issuance Proceeds”: In respect of any issuance of debt securities, cash proceeds and non-cash proceeds received or receivable in connection therewith, net of underwriting discounts and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection therewith in favor of any Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower, or if an Affiliate of the Borrower then provided only that such costs and expenses are reasonable and are incurred on an arm’s length basis.

     “Net Proceeds”: Proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments (including Cash Equivalents) as and when received by the Person making a Disposition and insurance proceeds received on account of an Event of Loss, net of: (a) in the event of a Disposition (i) the direct costs relating to such Disposition, excluding direct costs payable to the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower (but specifically including direct costs payable to an Affiliate or a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent payable pursuant to the Management Agreement or upon fair and reasonable terms no more favorable to such Affiliate or such Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Affiliate or such Subsidiary, as the case may be), (ii) sale, use or other transaction taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (iii) amounts required to be applied to repay principal, interest and prepayment premiums and penalties on Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset which is the subject of such Disposition and (iv) any customary and reasonable reserves established in connection with such Disposition and (b) in the event of an Event of Loss, (i) all money actually applied to repair or reconstruct the damaged Property or Property affected by the condemnation or taking, (ii) all of the costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the collection of such proceeds, award or other payments, and (iii) any amounts retained by or paid to parties having superior rights to such proceeds, awards or other payments.

     “Note”: A Term Note or a Revolving Note or the Swingline Note or a Term Note (Foreign Currency).

     “Obligations”: The Borrowers’ obligations in respect of the due and punctual payment of principal and interest on the Notes and Unpaid Drawings when and as due, whether by acceleration or otherwise and all fees (including Revolving Commitment Fees), expenses, indemnities, reimbursements and other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement or any other Borrower Loan Document and Rate Protection Obligations, in all cases whether now existing or hereafter arising or incurred.

     “Ordinary Course of Business”: In respect of any transaction involving a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, the ordinary course of such Person’s business, as conducted by any such Person in accordance with past practice and undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document.

     “Organization Documents”: (a) for any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable

16


 

resolutions of the board of directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation, (b) for any partnership, the partnership agreement and, if applicable, certificate of limited partnership or (c) for any limited liability company, the operating agreement (or the equivalent) and articles or certificate of formation.

     “Other Taxes”: As defined in Section 2.26(b).

     “Outstanding Indebtedness”: As defined within the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio”.

     “Participants”: As defined in Section 9.6(b).

     “PBGC”: The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA, and any successor thereto or to the functions thereof.

     “Permitted Acquisition”: Any acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of stock or assets of Persons conducting businesses similar to those of the Company or such Subsidiary, as long as (a) the Agent and the Banks have been notified of such acquisition not less than 15 days in prior to the consummation thereof and has been provided with such information as the Agent may reasonably request with respect to the acquired business, (b) both before and after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (c) the Company has demonstrated pro forma compliance with Sections 6.18, 6.19, 6.20 and 6.21 for the first four fiscal quarters ending after the closing of such acquisition, and (d) the total consideration paid by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with such acquisitions does not exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, “total consideration” shall mean, without duplication, cash or other consideration paid, the fair market value of property or stock exchanged (or the face amount, if preferred stock), the total amount of any deferred payments or purchase money debt, all Indebtedness incurred to the seller, and the total amount of any Indebtedness or other acquisition-related obligations (including, without limitation, obligations pursuant to non-compete or consulting arrangements) assumed or undertaken in such transactions.

     “Permitted Liens”: As defined in Section 6.1.

     “Person”: Any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated organization, government or governmental agency or political subdivision or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

     “Plan”: Each employee benefit plan (whether in existence on the Closing Date or thereafter instituted), as such term is defined in Section 3 of ERISA, maintained for the benefit of employees, officers or directors of a Borrower or of any ERISA Affiliate.

     “Primary Obligation”: As defined within the definition of “Contingent Obligation”.

     “Primary Obligor”: As defined within the definition of “Contingent Obligation”.

17


 

     “Prime Rate”: The greater of (a) the rate of interest from time to time publicly announced by the Agent as its “prime rate” and (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% per annum, or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the floating rate of interest for advances of the type of the Foreign Currency Advances maintained by the Foreign Currency Funding Agent or as may be provided in an applicable Foreign Currency Addendum. The Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent may lend to its customers at rates that are at, above or below the relevant Prime Rate. For purposes of determining any interest rate hereunder or under any other Loan Document which is based on the Prime Rate, such interest rate shall change as and when the Prime Rate shall change.

     “Prime Rate Advance”: An Advance with respect to which the interest rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate.

     “Prohibited Transaction”: The respective meanings assigned to such term in Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA.

     “Property”: Any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

     “Qualified Plan”: A pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and which any member of the Controlled Group sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding period covering at least five (5) plan years, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan.

     “Rate Contracts”: Swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates with respect to the Obligations; provided that such agreements that have been designated as a Rate Contract by the relevant Rate Protection Provider by written notice to the Agent. The designation of any Rate Contract shall not create in favor of any Bank or any Rate Protection Provider thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any collateral or of the obligations of any guarantor.

     “Rate Contract Termination Value”: In respect of any one or more Rate Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Rate Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Rate Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Rate Contracts, as determined by the Company based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Rate Contracts (which may include any Bank).

     “Rate Protection Obligations”: The net liabilities, indebtedness and obligations of any Borrower, if any, to any Rate Protection Provider under a Rate Contract.

     “Rate Protection Provider”: Any Bank, or any Affiliate of any Bank, that is any Borrower’s counterparty under any Rate Contract.

18


 

     “Regulatory Change”: Any change after the Closing Date in federal, state or foreign laws or regulations or the adoption or making after such date of any interpretations, directives or requests applying to a class of banks including any Bank under any federal, state or foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

     “Related Transactions”: The transactions contemplated by the the IPO and the Merger.

     “Rental Obligations”: For any period, the aggregate fixed amount payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any lease (or other agreement conveying the right to use) of any real or personal property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as lessee, other than a Capitalized Lease.

     “Replaced Bank”: As defined in Section 2.25.

     “Replacement Bank”: As defined in Section 2.25.

     “Reportable Event”: A reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued under such Section, with respect to a Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any waiver in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code.

     “Required Banks”: So long as the Revolving Commitment remains outstanding, at any time, Banks, other than Defaulting Banks, holding at least 51% of the sum of the principal amount of the Revolving Commitment plus the aggregate unpaid principal Dollar Amount of the Term Notes and Term Notes (Foreign Currency), excluding Notes held by Defaulting Banks or, if the Revolving Commitment has been terminated, Banks holding 51% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, provided that, if at any date of determination, there are two or fewer Banks, the “Required Banks” shall constitute 100% of the Banks other than Defaulting Banks.

     “Requirement of Law”: As to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

     “Responsible Officer”: The chief executive officer or the president of the Borrower, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial covenants or delivery of financial information, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

     “Restricted Payments”: With respect to any Borrower and its Subsidiaries, collectively, all dividends or other distributions of any nature with respect to its own Equity Interests (cash, Equity Interests other than common stock of such Borrower, assets or otherwise), and all

19


 

payments on any class of Equity Interests (including warrants, options or rights therefor) issued by such Borrower and its Subsidiaries, whether such Equity Interests are authorized or outstanding on the Closing Date or at any time thereafter and any redemption or purchase of, or distribution in respect of, any of the foregoing, whether directly or indirectly.

     “Revolving Commitment”: With respect to a Bank, the agreement of such Bank to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Amount upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

     “Revolving Commitment Amount”: With respect to a Bank, initially the amount set opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule 1.1(b) hereof as its Revolving Commitment Amount, but as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.13.

     “Revolving Commitment Fees”: As defined in Section 2.15.

     “Revolving Loan”: As defined in Section 2.1.

     “Revolving Loan Date”: The date of the making of any Revolving Loans hereunder.

     “Revolving Notes”: The promissory notes of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1F, evidencing the obligation of such Borrowers to repay the Revolving Loans, and “Revolving Note” means any one of such promissory notes issued hereunder without distinction.

     “Revolving Percentage”: With respect to any Bank, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Revolving Commitment Amount of such Bank and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts.

     “Security Agreement”: A security agreement from each of the Borrowers to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, granting the Agent a security interest in, among other things, all business assets of such entity, including all Accounts, chattel paper, instruments, Inventory, machinery, equipment, fixtures and any general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by such entity, in the form required by the Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Security Documents”: The Security Agreements, the Debenture and the Share Charge.

     “Share Charge”: That certain Share Charge dated concurrently herewith between the Foreign Currency Borrowers and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee for the Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Banks, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Solvent”: As to any Person at any time, that (a) the fair value of the Property of such Person is greater than the amount of such Person’s liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(32)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and, in the alternative, for purposes of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act; (b) the present fair saleable value (on a going concern basis) of the

20


 

Property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to realize upon its Property and generally pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to generally pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s Property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

     “Subordinated Indebtedness”: The Indebtedness of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is, upon the creation of such Indebtedness, contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations in a manner acceptable to the Required Banks.

     “Subsidiary”: Any corporation or other entity of which Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are owned by the Company either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

     “Subsidiary Borrowers”: Each of the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries that are listed on the signature pages of this Agreement as well as any other Domestic Subsidiary wholly-owned by the Company or by a Subsidiary wholly-owned by the Company that shall have delivered an Assumption Letter to the Agent in accordance with Section 2.2 together with applicable Notes and such other documents as the Agent may reasonably require. The initial Subsidiary Borrowers are: Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., National Seating Company, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Trim Systems, LLC and Tempress, Inc.

     “Surety Bonds”: All bonds issued for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to assure the performance thereby (or to the extent issued in the ordinary course of business, any other Person) under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.

     “Surety Instruments”: All letters of credit (including standby and commercial) banker’s acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds, performance bonds, Surety Bonds, remarketing agreements and similar instruments.

     “Swingline Commitment”: The revolving credit facility provided by U.S. Bank to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers described in Section 2.1(c).

     “Swingline Loan”: A loan made by U.S. Bank to the Company or a Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

     “Swingline Loan Date”: The date of the making of any Swingline Loan hereunder.

     “Swingline Note”: The promissory note of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers in favor of U.S. Bank and substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1G.

     “Syndication Agent”: As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.

     “Taxes”: As defined in Section 2.26(a).

21


 

     “Term Loan”: As defined in Section 2.1.

     “Term Loan Commitment”: With respect to a Bank, the agreement of such Bank to make a Term Loan to the Borrowers in an amount equal to such Bank’s Term Loan Commitment Amount upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

     “Term Loan Commitment Amount”: With respect to a Bank, the amount set opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule 1.1(b) hereof as its Term Loan Commitment Amount.

     “Term Loan Percentage”: With respect to any Bank, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Commitment of such Bank and the denominator of which is the sum of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Banks.

     “Term Loan Termination Date”: The earliest of (a) July 31, 2010 and (b) the date on which all the Obligations become immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

     “Term Notes”: The promissory notes of a Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1H, evidencing the obligation of such Borrower to repay the Term Loans, and “Term Note” means any one of such promissory notes issued hereunder without distinction.

     “Term Loan (Foreign Currency)”: As defined in Section 2.1.

     “Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency)”: With respect to a Bank, the agreement of such Bank to make a Term Loan (Foreign Currency) to the Borrowers in an amount equal to such Bank’s Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency) upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

     “Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency)”: With respect to a Bank, the amount set opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule 1.1(b) hereof as its Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency).

     “Term Loan Percentage (Foreign Currency)”: With respect to any Bank, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) of such Bank and the denominator of which is the sum of the Term Loan Commitments (Foreign Currency) of all the Banks.

     “Term Notes (Foreign Currency)”: The promissory notes of a Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.11, evidencing the obligation of such Borrower to repay the Term Loans (Foreign Currency), and “Term Note (Foreign Currency)” means any one of such promissory notes issued hereunder without distinction.

     “Termination Date”: The earliest of (a) July 31, 2009, (b) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof or (c) the date on which the Revolving Commitment Amounts are reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof.

     “Total Leverage Ratio”: As of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) without duplication, all Funded Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries determined on a

22


 

consolidated basis as of such date (the “Outstanding Indebtedness”), to (b) EBITDA for the period of four fiscal quarters ending on such date.

     “Total Liabilities”: At the time of any determination, the amount, on a consolidated basis, of all items of Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that would constitute “liabilities” for balance sheet purposes in accordance with GAAP.

     “Total Percentage”: With respect to any Bank, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Revolving Commitment Amount of such Bank, the Term Loan Commitment Amount of such Bank and the Dollar Amount of the Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency) of such Bank and the denominator of which is the sum of the Revolving Commitment Amounts and Term Loan Commitment Amounts and Dollar Amount of the Term Loan Commitment Amounts (Foreign Currency) of all the Banks.

     “Total Revolving Outstandings”: As of any date of determination, the Dollar Amount of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans outstanding on such date, plus (b) the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, plus (c) the aggregate amount of Unpaid Drawings on such date.

     “Total Revolving Outstandings (Foreign Currency)”: As of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans denominated in Foreign Currency, plus (b) the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency on such date, plus (c) the aggregate amount of Unpaid Draws denominated in Foreign Currency on such date.

     “UCC”: Uniform Commercial Code of New York.

     “U.K. Pounds Sterling”: The lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

     “UK Restructuring Transaction”: A transaction whereby a new Subsidiary will be organized which shall (i) be wholly-owned by CVS Holdings, Ltd. and (ii) shall own all of the Equity Interests in Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited.

     “Unfunded Pension Liabilities”: The excess of a Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used by the Plan’s actuaries for funding the Plan pursuant to section 412 for the applicable plan year.

     “Unpaid Drawing”: As defined in Section 2.12.

     “Unused Revolving Commitment”: With respect to any Bank as of any date of determination, the amount by which such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Amount exceeds such Bank’s Revolving Percentage of the Total Revolving Outstandings on such date.

     “USBNA”: U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as one of the Banks hereunder.

     “U.S. Dollars”: The lawful currency of the United States of America

23


 

     “U.S. Taxes”: As defined in Section 2.26(f).

     “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary”: Any Subsidiary in which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) one hundred percent (100%) of Equity Interests, at the time of any determination, is owned, beneficially and of record, by the Company or one or more of the Company’s Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

     “Withdrawal Liabilities”: As of any determination date, the aggregate amount of the liabilities, if any, pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA if the Controlled Group made a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans and any increase in contributions pursuant to Section 4243 of ERISA.

     Section 1.2 Accounting Terms and Calculations. Except as may be expressly provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP. To the extent any change in GAAP affects any computation or determination required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such computation or determination shall be made as if such change in GAAP had not occurred unless the Borrowers and Required Banks agree in writing on an adjustment to such computation or determination to account for such change in GAAP.

     Section 1.3 Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless otherwise stated the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” or “until” each means “to but excluding”.

     Section 1.4 Other Definitional Terms. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to Sections, Exhibits, schedules and like references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” Unless the context in which used herein otherwise clearly requires, “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” All incorporation by reference of covenants, terms, definitions or other provisions from other agreements are incorporated into this Agreement as if such provisions were fully set forth herein, and such incorporation shall include all necessary definitions and related provisions from such other agreements but including only amendments thereto agreed to by the Required Banks, and shall survive any termination of such other agreements until the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Notes are irrevocably paid in full, all Letters of Credit have expired without renewal or been returned to the Letter of Credit Bank, and the commitments of any Bank to advance funds to any Borrower are terminated.

24


 

ARTICLE II

TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES

Part A — Terms of Lending

     Section 2.1 Lending Commitments. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, each Bank severally agrees to (or, as to Swingline Loans, U.S. Bank agrees to) make the following lending facilities available to the Borrowers:

     (a) Revolving Credit. A revolving credit facility available as loans (each, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to the Borrowers on a revolving basis at any time and from time to time from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, during which period the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow in accordance with the provisions hereof, provided, the unpaid principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans of a Bank shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount of such Bank; and provided, further, that no Revolving Loan nor and any Swing-Line Loan will be made in any amount which, after giving effect thereto, would cause the Total Revolving Outstandings to exceed lesser of (i) the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts, or (ii) the Borrowing Base. Revolving Loans hereunder shall be made by the several Banks ratably in the proportion of their respective Revolving Commitment Amounts. The Revolving Loans may be obtained and maintained, at the election of the Borrowers’ Agent but subject to the limitations hereof, as Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Foreign Currency Advances or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) the Borrowers shall ensure that the aggregate amount of initial Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall not exceed $15,000,000 and (b) unless and until a Foreign Currency Addendum becomes effective, no Revolving Loans shall be made as Foreign Currency Advances (except for any Revolving Loans constituting Foreign Currency Advances that are requested to be made as such on the Closing Date). The aggregate outstanding amount of Foreign Currency Advances for Revolving Loans shall in no case exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit. Except as otherwise set forth in a Foreign Currency Addendum, there shall be no more than five Foreign Currency Advances for Revolving Loans outstanding at any time.

     (b) Term Loans. A term loan from each Bank (each being a “Term Loan” and, collectively, the “Term Loans”) to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers on the Closing Date in an amount from each Bank equal to its Term Loan Commitment Amount. The Term Loans and any portion of the balance thereof (in minimum amounts of $3,000,000.00, or, if more, in integral multiples of $1,000,000) may be made, maintained, continued and converted to Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Rate Advances as the Borrowers’ Agent may elect in its notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion but subject to the limitations hereof. Term Loans shall not be made or maintained as Foreign Currency Advances.

25


 

     (c) Term Loans (Foreign Currency). A term loan from each Bank (each being a “Term Loan (Foreign Currency)” and, collectively, the “Term Loans (Foreign Currency)”) to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in an amount from each Bank equal to its Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency). The Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and any portion of the balance thereof (in minimum amounts of £1,500,000.00) may be made, maintained, continued and converted to Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Rate Advances as the Borrowers’ Agent may elect in its notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion but subject to the limitations hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all Term Loans (Foreign Currency) shall be made and maintained in Foreign Currency and shall constitute Foreign Currency Advances.

     (d) Swingline Loans. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, until the Termination Date, U.S. Bank agrees to lend to the Borrowers loans (each a “Swingline Loan”) at such times and in such amounts as the Borrowers’ Agent shall request, up to an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount by which U.S. Bank’s Revolving Commitment Amount exceeds the principal amount outstanding under U.S. Bank’s Revolving Note, provided, that, at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceed $5,000,000; and provided further, that U.S. Bank will not make a Swingline Loan if (i) after giving effect thereto, any of the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(a) would be exceeded or (ii) U.S. Bank has determined that one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 for the making of a Revolving Loan have not been satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) all Swingline Loans shall be made as and maintained as Prime Rate Advances and (b) no Swingling Loans shall be made as Foreign Currency Advances.

     (e) Joint and Several Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable for all of the Obligations, (b) the Foreign Currency Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable only for the Obligations of the other Foreign Currency Borrowers that arise from Foreign Currency Advances and Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency except for any obligation which, if it were so included, would result in this Agreement or any other Loan Document constituting unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of Section 151 and 152 of the Companies Act 1985 and (c) the Foreign Currency Borrowers shall not be liable for the portion of the Obligations that arise from Letters of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars or from Advances made to Persons other than to Foreign Currency Borrowers except for any obligation which, if it were so included, would result in this Agreement or any other Loan Document constituting unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of Section 151 and 152 of the Companies Act 1985.

     Section 2.2 Procedure for Loans.

     (a) Procedure for Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

     (i) Requests for Revolving Loans. Any request by the Borrowers’ Agent for Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan hereunder shall be in writing or, as to Advances in U.S. Dollars, by telephone and must be given so as to be received by the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, to the Foreign

26


 

Currency Funding Agent with a copy to the Agent) (a) not later than 1:00 P.M. (local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) four Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested Revolving Loan Date if the Revolving Loans (or any portion thereof) are requested as Foreign Currency Advances, (b) not later than 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) three Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested Revolving Loan Date if the Revolving Loans (or any portion thereof) are requested as Eurocurrency Rate Advances in U.S. Dollars, (c) not later than 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the requested Revolving Loan Date or if the Revolving Loans are requested as Prime Rate Advances in U.S. Dollars, and (d) not later than 4:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the requested Revolving Loan Date or if the Loans are requested as Swingline Loans. Each request for Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans hereunder shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed a representation by each Borrower that on the requested Revolving Loan Date or Swingline Loan Date, as applicable, and after giving effect to the requested Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, the applicable conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied. Each request for Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans hereunder shall specify (i) the requested Revolving Loan Date or Swingline Loan Date, (ii) the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans to be made on such date which shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000.00 in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, $100,000.00 in the case of Prime Rate Advances and $1,000,000 in the case of Foreign Currency Advances or, if more, an integral multiple thereof, (iii) whether such Revolving Loans are to be funded as Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Rate Advances and/or Foreign Currency Advances (and, if such Revolving Loans are to be made with more than one applicable interest rate choice, specifying the amount to which each interest rate choice is applicable) and (iv) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto. The Agent (and, as applicable, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) may rely on any telephone request by the Borrowers’ Agent for Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans hereunder which it believes in good faith to be genuine; and each Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Agent’s or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent’s record of the terms of such telephone request. The Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall promptly notify the Agent of the receipt of any such request by it for a Revolving Loan. The Agent shall promptly notify each other Bank of the receipt of such request for a Revolving Loan, the matters specified therein, and of such Bank’s ratable share of the requested Revolving Loans. On the date of the requested Revolving Loans, each Bank shall provide its share of the requested Revolving Loans to the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, to the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) in Immediately Available Funds not later than 3:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time, or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent). Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, has notified the Foreign Currency Funding Agent in writing not to make the relevant Foreign Currency Advance), the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) will make available to the Borrowers at its principal office in Immediately

27


 

Available Funds not later than 4:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the requested Revolving Loan Date the amount of the requested Revolving Loans.

     (ii) Funding of Revolving Loans by Banks. If the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) has made a Revolving Loan to the Borrowers on behalf of a Bank but has not received the amount of such Revolving Loan from such Bank by the time herein required, such Bank shall pay interest to the Agent (or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent, as applicable) on the amount so advanced at the Federal Funds Rate (or any similar rate calculated by the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) from the date of such Revolving Loan to the date funds are received by the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent (as applicable) from such Bank, such interest to be payable with such remittance from such Bank of the principal amount of such Revolving Loan (provided, however, that the Agent or Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall not make any Revolving Loan on behalf of a Bank if the Agent or Foreign Currency Funding Agent has received prior notice in writing from such Bank that it will not make such Revolving Loan). If the Agent or Foreign Currency Funding Agent (as applicable) does not receive payment from such Bank by the next Business Day after the date of any Revolving Loan, the Agent or Foreign Currency Funding Agent (as applicable) shall be entitled to recover such Revolving Loan, with interest thereon at the rate (or rates) then applicable to such Revolving Loan, on the next Business Day after demand therefor from the Borrowers, without prejudice to the Agent’s and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent’s and the Borrowers’ rights against such Bank. If such Bank pays the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent the amount herein required with interest at the Federal Funds Rate (or other similar rate used by the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) before the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent has recovered from the Borrowers, such Bank shall be entitled to the interest payable by the Borrowers with respect to the Revolving Loan in question accruing from the date the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent made such Revolving Loan. Unless U.S. Bank determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied, U.S. Bank shall make available to the Borrowers at U.S. Bank’s main office in Minneapolis Minnesota in Immediately Available Funds not later than 3:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the requested Swingline Loan Date the amount of the requested Swingline Loan.

     (b) Procedure for Term Loans. Not later than 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) three Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested Closing Date if the Term Loans are requested as Eurocurrency Rate Advances and not later than 10:00 A.M. (Minneapolis time) one Business Day on requested Closing Date if the Term Loans are requested as Prime Rate Advances, the Borrowers’ Agent shall deliver to the Agent a written notice of borrowing. Such notice of borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed a representation by the Borrowers that on the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Term Loans the applicable conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied. Such notice of borrowing shall specify (i) the requested Closing Date, (ii) whether such Term Loans are to be funded as Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Prime Rate Advances, and (iii) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the duration of the initial

28


 

Interest Period applicable thereto. The Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the receipt of such notice and the matters specified therein. On the requested Closing Date, each Bank shall provide to the Agent the amount of such Bank’s Term Loan in Immediately Available Funds not later than 3:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time). Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will make the proceeds of the Term Loans available to the Borrowers at the Agent’s main office on the requested date.

     (c) Procedure for Term Loans (Foreign Currency). Not later than 1:00 P.M. (local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) two Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested Closing Date, the Borrowers’ Agent shall deliver to the Foreign Currency Funding Agent a written notice of borrowing. Such notice of borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed a representation by the Borrowers that on the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) the applicable conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied. Such notice of borrowing shall specify (i) the requested Closing Date, (ii) whether such Term Loans (Foreign Currency) are to be funded as Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Prime Rate Advances, and (iii) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto. The Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the receipt of such notice and the matters specified therein. On the requested Closing Date, each Bank will make the proceeds of its Term Loans (Foreign Currency) available to the Borrowers at the wire transfer instructions of the Foreign Currency Borrowers furnished by the Borrowers’ Agent to such Bank, in each case unless such Bank determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied and notifies the Foreign Currency Funding Agent in writing of such determination.

     (d) Additional Foreign Currency Provisions.

     (i) Payments in Foreign Currency. The specification of payment of Foreign Currency Advances in the related Foreign Currency at a specific place pursuant to this Agreement is of the essence. Such Foreign Currency shall be the currency of account and payment of Foreign Currency Advances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the obligations of the Foreign Currency Borrowers in respect of Foreign Currency Advances shall not be discharged by an amount paid in any other currency or at another place, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, to the extent the amount so paid, on prompt conversion into the applicable Foreign Currency and transfer to the Agent under normal banking procedure, does not yield the amount of such Foreign Currency due under this Agreement. In the event that any payment, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, upon conversion and transfer, does not result in payment of the amount of such Foreign Currency due under this Agreement, such Bank shall have an independent cause of action against each of the Borrowers for the currency deficit.

29


 

     (ii) Currency Fluctuation.

     (A) If at any time, solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates the Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the lesser of one hundred five percent (105%) of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts or one hundred five percent (105%) of the Borrowing Base, the Borrowers for the ratable benefit of the Banks shall prepay the Revolving Loans on the next Business Day after demand therefor by the Agent in an aggregate amount such that after giving effect thereto the Total Revolving Outstandings are less than or equal to the lesser of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts or the Borrowing Base; or

     (B) Absent an Event of Default, all of the mandatory prepayments made under this Section 2.2 shall be applied first to Prime Rate Advances and to any Eurocurrency Advances maturing on the date of such prepayment, and the Agent shall hold all remaining amounts in escrow for the benefit of the Banks and the Letter of Credit Bank and shall release such amounts upon the expiration of the Interest Periods applicable to any subsequently maturing Eurocurrency Advances (it being understood that interest shall continue to accrue on the Obligations until such time as such prepayments are released from escrow and applied to reduce the Obligations). After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the direction of the Agent or the Required Banks, all of the mandatory prepayments made under this Section 2.2 shall be applied first to Prime Rate Advances and to any Eurocurrency Advances maturing on the date of such prepayment and then to subsequently maturity Eurocurrency Advances in order of maturity.

     Section 2.3 Refinancing of Swingline Loans.

     (a) Permissive Refinancings of Swingline Loans. U.S. Bank, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may notify the Agent, not later than 1:00 PM (Minneapolis time) on any Business Day, that it desires to have any portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans refunded with Revolving Loans made by the Banks under Section 2.1(a), whereupon the Agent shall promptly request that each Bank (including U.S. Bank) make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to its Revolving Percentage of the Revolving Loans to be made to repay to U.S. Bank the portion of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Swingline Loans specified in such notice. The Agent shall promptly notify any Borrower of its receipt of any such notice from U.S. Bank.

     (b) Mandatory Refinancings of Swingline Loans. On Thursday of each week (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the first Business Day immediately preceding such day), the Agent shall notify each Bank of the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans outstanding as of the end of the previous day and the amount of Revolving Loans required to be made by each Bank to refinance such outstanding Swingline Loans (which shall be in the amount of each Bank’s Revolving Percentage of such outstanding Swingline Loans).

30


 

     (c) Banks’ Obligation to Fund Refinancings of Swingline Loans. Upon its receipt of a request from the Agent under Section 2.3(a) or 2.3(b), each Bank (including U.S. Bank) shall make a Revolving Loan (which shall not be made as a Swingline Loan) in an amount equal to its Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans to be refinanced, and make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to U.S. Bank, in Immediately Available Funds, at the main office of the Agent in Minneapolis not later than 3:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the date such notice was received; provided, however, that a Bank shall not be obligated to make any such Revolving Loan unless (A) U.S. Bank believed in good faith that all conditions to making the subject Revolving Loan were satisfied at the time the related Swingline Loan was made, or (B) such Bank had actual knowledge, by receipt of the statements furnished to it pursuant to Section 5.1 or otherwise, that any such condition had not been satisfied and failed to notify U.S. Bank in a writing received by U.S. Bank prior to the time it made such Swingline Loan that U.S. Bank was not authorized to make a Swingline Loan until such condition has been satisfied, or (C) the satisfaction of any such condition that was not satisfied had been waived in a writing by the Required Banks in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The proceeds of Revolving Loans made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be delivered to U.S. Bank (and not to the Borrower) and applied to the outstanding Swingline Loans, and any Borrower authorizes the Agent to charge any account maintained by it with the Agent in order to immediately pay U.S. Bank the amount of such Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the other Banks are not sufficient to repay in full the outstanding Swingline Loans requested or required to be refinanced. Upon the making of a Revolving Loan by a Bank pursuant to this Section 2.3(c), the amount so funded shall become an Obligation evidenced by such Bank’s Revolving Note and shall no longer be an Obligation evidenced by the Swingline Note. If for any reason any Bank is unable to make a Revolving Loan to any Borrower to refinance a Swingline Loan hereunder, then such Bank shall immediately purchase from U.S. Bank a participation interest in such Swingline Loan, at par, in an amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Percentage of such Swingline Loan, which participation interest shall, for all purposes hereunder except Section 2.1 and 2.2, be deemed a Revolving Loan made by such Bank hereunder. If any portion of any such amount paid to U.S. Bank should be recovered by or on behalf of any Borrower from U.S. Bank in bankruptcy or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all the Banks in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages. Each Bank’s obligation to make Revolving Loans referred to in this Section 2.3(c) shall, subject to the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 2.3(c), be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may have against U.S. Bank, any Borrower or anyone else for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any Borrower, the Agent or any Bank; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, that in no event shall a Bank be obligated to make a Revolving Loan under this Section 2.3(c) if, after giving effect thereto, such Bank’s Revolving Percentage of the sum of the Total Revolving Outstandings (after giving effect to the repayment of the Swingline Note to be

31


 

funded with such Loan and Loans made the same day by the other Banks) would exceed such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Amount.

     (d) Funding of Loans. Each Revolving Loan made to refund Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) shall be funded as a Prime Rate Advance, but any Borrower may elect to convert such Prime Rate Advances to Eurocurrency Rate Advances pursuant to Section 2.5.

     Section 2.4 Notes. The Revolving Loans of each Bank shall be evidenced by a single Revolving Note payable to the order of such Bank in a principal amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Amount originally in effect. The Term Loans of each Bank shall be evidenced by a Term Note payable to the order of such Bank in the principal amount equal to such Bank’s Term Loan Commitment Amount. The Term Loans (Foreign Currency) of each Bank shall be evidenced by a Term Note (Foreign Currency) payable to the order of such Bank in the principal amount equal to such Bank’s Term Loan Commitment Amount (Foreign Currency). The Swingline Loans shall be evidenced by a single Swingline Note payable to the order of U.S. Bank in the principal amount of $5,000,000. Upon receipt of each Bank’s Notes from the Borrowers, the Agent shall transmit such Notes to such Bank. Each Bank shall enter in its ledgers and records the amount of each Term Loan, each Term Loan (Foreign Currency) and each Revolving Loan, the various Advances made, converted or continued and the payments made thereon, and each Bank is authorized by each Borrower to enter on a schedule attached to its Term Note, Term Note (Foreign Currency) or Revolving Note, as appropriate, a record of such Term Loans, Term Loans (Foreign Currency), Revolving Loans, Advances and payments; provided, however that the failure by any Bank to make any such entry or any error in making such entry shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder and on the Notes, and, in all events, the principal amounts owing by the Borrowers in respect of the Revolving Notes shall be the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Banks less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrowers, the principal amount owing by the Borrowers in respect of the Term Notes shall be the aggregate amount of all Term Loans made by the Banks less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrowers, the principal amount owing by the Borrowers in respect of the Term Notes (Foreign Currency) shall be the aggregate amount of all Term Loans (Foreign Currency) made by the Banks less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrowers, and the principal amount owing by the Borrowers in respect of the Swingline Note shall be the aggregate amount of all Swingline Loans made by U.S. Bank less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrowers and any refinancings thereof pursuant to Section 2.3.

     Section 2.5 Conversions and Continuations. On the terms and subject to the limitations hereof, the Borrowers shall have the option at any time and from time to time to convert all or any portion of the Advances into Prime Rate Advances or Eurocurrency Rate Advances or to continue a Eurocurrency Rate Advance as such; provided, however that a Eurocurrency Rate Advance may be converted or continued only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and, at the option of the Agent or the Required Banks, no Advance may be converted or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Advance if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the proposed date of continuation or conversion. Advances may be converted to, or continued as, Eurocurrency Rate Advances only in a minimum amount, as to the aggregate amount of the Advances of all Banks so converted or continued, of $3,000,000 and

32


 

multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, £1,500,000, or if less, unpaid balance of the Foreign Currency Advances). The Borrowers’ Agent shall give the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent with a copy thereof to the Agent) written notice of any continuation or conversion of any Advances and such notice must be given so as to be received by the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) (a) not later than 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) three Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested date of conversion or continuation in the case of the continuation of, or conversion to, Eurocurrency Rate Advances denominated in U.S. Dollars, (b) not later than 1:00 P.M. (local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) four Eurocurrency Business Days prior to the requested date of conversion or continuation in the case of the continuation of, or conversion to, Eurocurrency Rate Advances in denominated in Foreign Currency, and (c) not later than 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time, or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) on the date of the requested conversion to Prime Rate Advances. Each such notice shall specify (a) the amount to be continued or converted, (b) the date for the continuation or conversion (which must be (i) the last day of the preceding Interest Period for any continuation or conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, (ii) a Eurocurrency Business Day in the case of conversions to or continuations as Eurocurrency Advances, and (iii) a Business Day in the conversions to Prime Rate Advances, and (c) in the case of conversions to or continuations as Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the Interest Period applicable thereto. Any notice given by the Borrowers’ Agent under this Section shall be irrevocable. If the Borrowers’ Agent shall fail to notify the Agent (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) of the continuation of any Eurocurrency Rate Advances within the time required by this Section, at the option of the Agent, such Advances shall, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (A) automatically be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Advances with the same principal amount and the same Interest Period or (B) automatically be converted to Prime Rate Advances or Prime Rate Advances, as applicable, with the same principal amount. All conversions and continuation of Advances must be made uniformly and ratably among the Banks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all Foreign Currency Advances made by USBNA and Comerica Bank shall be made and maintained as Eurocurrency Rate Advances.

     Section 2.6 Interest Rates, Interest Payments and Default Interest.

     (a) The Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans. Interest shall accrue and be payable on the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans as follows:

     (i) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Eurocurrency Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof during the Interest Period applicable thereto at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

     (ii) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Prime Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a varying rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Prime Rate, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

33


 

     (iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Advance and each Swingline Loan shall, at the option of the Agent or the Required Banks after written notice thereof to the Borrower’s Agent (or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) or (g), each Advance and each Swingline Loan shall automatically), bear interest until paid in full (A) during the balance of any Interest Period applicable to such Advance, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate applicable to such Advance during such Interest Period plus 2.0%, and (B) otherwise, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Prime Rate, plus (2) the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances, plus (3) 2.0%.

     (iv) Interest shall be payable (A) with respect to each Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an Interest Period of three months or less on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; (B) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an Interest Period greater than three months, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and on each day that would have been the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance had successive Interest Periods of three months duration been applicable to such Advance; (C) with respect to any Prime Rate Advance, on the last day of each month; (D) with respect to all Revolving Loans, upon any permitted prepayment (on the amount prepaid); and (E) with respect to all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, on the Termination Date; provided that interest under Section 2.6(a)(iii) shall be payable on demand.

     (b) The Term Loans. Interest shall accrue and be payable on the Term Loans as follows:

     (i) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Eurocurrency Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof during the Interest Period applicable thereto at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

     (ii) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Prime Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a varying rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Prime Rate, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

     (iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Advance shall, at the option of the Agent or the Required Banks after written notice thereof to the Borrower’s Agent (or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) or (g), each Advance shall automatically), bear interest until paid in full (A) during the balance of any Interest Period applicable to such Advance, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate applicable to such Advance during such Interest Period plus 2.0%, and (B) otherwise, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Prime Rate, plus (2) the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances, plus (3) 2.0%.

     (iv) Interest shall be payable (A) with respect to each Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an Interest Period of three months or less on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; (B) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate

34


 

Advance having an Interest Period greater than three months, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and on each day that would have been the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance had successive Interest Periods of three months duration been applicable to such Advance; (C) with respect to any Prime Rate Advance, on the last day of each month; and (D) with respect to all Term Loans, on the Term Loan Termination Date; provided that interest under Section 2.6(b)(iii) shall be payable on demand.

     (c) The Term Loans (Foreign Currency). Interest shall accrue and be payable on the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) as follows:

     (i) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Eurocurrency Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof during the Interest Period applicable thereto at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

     (ii) Subject to paragraph (iii) below, each Prime Rate Advance shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a varying rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Prime Rate, plus (B) the Applicable Margin.

     (iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Advance shall, at the option of the Agent or the Required Banks after written notice thereof to the Borrower’s Agent (or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) or (g), each Advance shall automatically), bear interest until paid in full (A) during the balance of any Interest Period applicable to such Advance, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate applicable to such Advance during such Interest Period plus 2.0%, and (B) otherwise, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Prime Rate, plus (2) the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances, plus (3) 2.0%.

     (iv) Interest shall be payable (A) with respect to each Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an Interest Period of three months or less on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; (B) with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an Interest Period greater than three months, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and on each day that would have been the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance had successive Interest Periods of three months duration been applicable to such Advance; (C) with respect to any Prime Rate Advance, on the last day of each month; and (D) with respect to all Term Loans (Foreign Currency), on the Term Loan Termination Date; provided that interest under Section 2.6(b)(iii) shall be payable on demand.

     Section 2.7 Repayment.

     (a) The unpaid principal balance of all Revolving Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.

35


 

     (b) The unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans shall be payable on the last day of each calendar quarter as follows:

         
from December 31, 2004 through September 30, 2005
  $ 1,400,000  
 
       
from December 31, 2005 through September 30, 2006
  $ 1,600,000  
 
       
from December 31, 2006 through September 30, 2007
  $ 2,000,000  
 
       
from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008
  $ 2,400,000  
 
       
from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010
  $ 2,800,000  
 
       
and on the Term Loan Termination Date
  $2,800,000 plus any unpaid principal

     (c) The unpaid principal balance of the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) shall be payable on the last Eurocurrency Business Day of each calendar quarter as follows:

         
from December 31, 2004 through September 30, 2005
  £ 189,907.76  
 
       
from December 31, 2005 through September 30, 2006
  £ 217,037.44  
 
       
from December 31, 2006 through September 30, 2007
  £ 271,296.80  
 
       
from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008
  £ 325,556.16  
 
       
from December 31, 2008 through June 30, 2010
  £ 379,815.52  
 
       
and on the Term Loan Termination Date
  £379,815.49 plus any unpaid principal

36


 

     Section 2.8 Prepayments.

     (a) Mandatory Prepayments for Borrowing Base Deficiency. If at any time a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists (other than as a result of currency fluctuations), the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company shall pay not later than the next Business Day the principal of the Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency. Any such payments shall be applied first against Prime Rate Advances on Swingline Loans, then to Prime Rate Advances on Revolving Loans, and then to Eurodollar Rate Advances in order starting with the Eurodollar Rate Advances having the shortest time to the end of the applicable Interest Period. Any such payments shall be applied to Foreign Currency Advances in order starting with the ones with the shortest time to the end of the applicable Interest Period. Amounts paid on the Revolving Loans under this paragraph (a) shall be for the account of each Bank in proportion to its share of outstanding Revolving Loans. If, after paying all outstanding Revolving Loans, a Borrowing Base Deficiency still exists, the Borrowers shall pay into the Holding Account an amount equal to the amount of the remaining Borrowing Base Deficiency.

     (b) Asset Dispositions. If the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall at any time or from time to time:

     (i) make a Disposition; or

     (ii) suffer an Event of Loss;

and the aggregate amount of the Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Event of Loss and all other Dispositions and Events of Loss occurring during the fiscal year in which such Disposition or Event of Loss has occurred exceeds $1,000,000, then (A) the Borrowers’ Agent shall promptly notify the Agent of such proposed Disposition or Event of Loss (including the amount of the estimated Net Proceeds to be received by such Borrower or Subsidiary in respect thereof) and (B) within three (3) Business Days of the receipt by such Borrower or Subsidiary of the Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Event of Loss, such Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, such Net Proceeds to the Agent for distribution to the Banks as a prepayment of the Loans, which prepayment shall be applied in accordance with subsection 2.8(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such prepayment shall not be required to the extent such Borrower reinvests the Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Event of Loss, or a portion thereof, in productive assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of such Borrower, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date such Net Proceeds are received or enters into a binding commitment thereof within said one hundred eighty (180) day period and subsequently makes such reinvestment. Pending such reinvestment, the Net Proceeds shall either (i) be delivered to the Agent, for distribution to the Banks,

37


 

as a prepayment of the Revolving Loans, but not as a permanent reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment or (ii) be retained by such Borrower and deposited in a deposit account of the Borrower for which the Agent shall have received a deposit account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, or previously approved by, the Agent, executed by such Borrower, the Agent and the financial institution at which such deposit account is maintained, and over which deposit account the Agent has “control” under and as defined in the UCC, and such Net Proceeds shall remain on deposit therein until such reinvestment or otherwise applied as a prepayment to the Obligations.

     (c) Issuance of Securities. Within three (3) Business Days of the receipt by a Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Net Issuance Proceeds of the issuance of debt securities (other than Net Issuance Proceeds from the issuance of (i) debt securities in respect of Indebtedness permitted hereunder and (ii) Excluded Issuances), the Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Agent an amount equal to such Net Issuance Proceeds, for application to the Loans in accordance with subsection 2.8(e).

     (d) Excess Cash Flow. Within three (3) Business Days after the annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to subsection 5.1(a) hereof, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005, the Borrowers’ Agent shall deliver to the Agent a written calculation of Excess Cash Flow of the Borrowers for such year and certified as correct on behalf of the Borrowers by a Responsible Officer of the Company and concurrently therewith shall deliver to the Agent, for distribution to the Banks, (i) if the Total Leverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of such fiscal year is equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00, an amount equal to (A) seventy-five percent (75%) of such Excess Cash Flow less (B) all optional prepayments of the Term Loans, or the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) or Revolving Loans (where such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitment Amounts) made during such period, or (ii) if such Total Leverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of such fiscal year, is less than 2.00 to 1.00, an amount equal to (A) fifty percent (50%) of such Excess Cash Flow less (B) all optional prepayments of the Term Loans, or the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) or Revolving Loans (where such prepayment is accompanied by a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitment Amounts) made during such period, in either such case, for application to the Loans in accordance with the provisions of subsection 2.8(e) hereof.

     (e) Mandatory Prepayment Provisions. If at any time a prepayment occurs, the Borrowers shall immediately pay to the Agent for any prepayment fee payable under Section 2.24. Any such payments shall be applied first, ratably to the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency), and second, to any outstanding Revolving Loans (without any redirection to the Revolving Commitments) All prepayments applied to the Term Loans and Term Loans (Foreign Currency) shall be applied ratably to the remaining scheduled principal payments on the applicable Loans. To the extent any portion of such prepayment would be applied to outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Advances and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such portion shall be deposited in the Holding Account and withdrawn for application to such Eurocurrency Rate Advances at the end of the then-current Interest Periods applicable

38


 

thereto (or earlier, upon and at any time after the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default).

     (f) Other Mandatory Prepayments. If at any time Total Revolving Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts (other than as a result of currency fluctuations), the Borrowers shall immediately repay to the Agent for the account of the Banks the amount of such excess. Any such payments shall be applied to the Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans first against Prime Rate Advances and Prime Rate Advances and then to Eurocurrency Rate Advances in order starting with the Eurocurrency Rate Advances having the shortest time to the end of the applicable Interest Period. If, after payment of all outstanding Advances, the Total Revolving Outstandings still exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts, the remaining amount paid by the Borrowers shall be placed in the Holding Account.

     (g) Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers may prepay Prime Rate Advances, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium or penalty. Any such prepayment must be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the amount prepaid. Each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate amount for all the Banks of $1,000,000.00 (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, £500,000) or an integral multiple of $100,000 (or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, £50,000) in excess thereof. Except upon an acceleration following an Event of Default or upon termination of the Revolving Commitments in whole, the Borrowers may pay Eurocurrency Rate Advances to which an Interest Period applies only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless the Borrowers pay the Agent for the benefit of the Banks the amounts specified in Section 2.24 below. Amounts paid (unless following an acceleration or upon termination of the Revolving Commitments in whole) or prepaid on Revolving Loans under this paragraph may be reborrowed upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement. Amounts prepaid on the Term Loans or Term Loans (Foreign Currency) may not be reborrowed. Amounts paid or prepaid on the Revolving Loans under this Section 2.8 shall be for the account of each Bank in proportion to its share of outstanding Revolving Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid on the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) under this paragraph shall be for the account of each Bank in proportion to its share of outstanding Term Loans (Foreign Currency).

Part B — Terms of the Letter of Credit Facility

     Section 2.9 Letters of Credit. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, (a) the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement and (b) the Letter of Credit Bank agrees to issue additional Letters of Credit for the account of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time between the Closing Date and the Termination Date in such amounts in U.S. Dollars or Foreign Currency as the Borrowers’ Agent shall request up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts; provided that no Letter of Credit will be issued in any amount which, after giving effect to such issuance, would cause Total Revolving Outstandings to exceed the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts, or (b) the Borrowing Base; provided further that no Letter of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency will be issued in an amount which, after giving effect to such issuance, would

39


 

cause the Total Revolving Outstandings (Foreign Currency) to exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, until a Foreign Currency Addendum becomes effective, no Letter of Credit Bank shall have any obligation to issue Letters of Credit in Foreign Currency, except for the Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency issued on the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 2.9 hereto.

     Section 2.10 Procedures for Letters of Credit. Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be made by the Borrowers’ Agent in writing, by telex, facsimile transmission or electronic conveyance received by the Letter of Credit Bank and the Agent by 1:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time), on a Business Day which is not less than one Business Day preceding the requested date of issuance (which shall also be a Business Day). Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be deemed a representation by each Subsidiary Borrower and the Company that on the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto the applicable conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied. The Letter of Credit Bank may require that such request be made on such letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement form as the Letter of Credit Bank may from time to time specify, along with satisfactory evidence of the authority and incumbency of the officials of the Borrowers’ Agent making such request. The Letter of Credit Bank shall promptly notify the Agent and the other Banks of the receipt of the request and the matters specified therein. On the date of each issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Bank shall send notice to the Agent and the other Banks of such issuance, accompanied by a copy of the Letter or Letters of Credit so issued.

     Section 2.11 Terms of Letters of Credit.

     (a) Letters of Credit shall be issued in support of obligations of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business. All Letters of Credit must expire not later than the Business Day preceding the Termination Date. Except as set forth in Section 2.11(b) hereof, no Letter of Credit may have a term longer than 12 months.

     (b) If the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower so requests, the Agent shall, issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the Agent to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Nonrenewal Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Banks shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Agent to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Termination Date; provided, however, that the Agent shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the Agent has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.9 or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is two Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date (1) from the Required Banks stating that the Required Banks have elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from any Lender

40


 

or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.2 is not then satisfied.

     Section 2.12 Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings. If the Letter of Credit Bank has received documents purporting to draw under a Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit Bank believes conform to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, or if the Letter of Credit Bank has decided that it will comply with the Borrowers’ Agent written or oral request or authorization to pay a drawing on any Letter of Credit that the Letter of Credit Bank does not believe conforms to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, it will notify the Borrowers’ Agent of that fact. The Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company (or, as to Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency, the Foreign Currency Borrowers) shall reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank by 9:30 AM (Minneapolis time) on the day on which such drawing is to be paid in Immediately Available Funds in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. Any amount by which the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company have failed to reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank for the full amount of such drawing by 10:00 AM (Minneapolis time) on the date on which the Letter of Credit Bank in its notice indicated that it would pay such drawing, until reimbursed by the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company from the proceeds of Loans pursuant to Section 2.15 or out of funds available in the Holding Account, is an “Unpaid Drawing.” For so long as any Unpaid Drawing is outstanding, it shall bear interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) as to Letters of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars, the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances plus two percent (2.00%) or (b) as to Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency, the Eurocurrency Rate for an Interest Period of one day, plus the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Rate Advances plus two percent (2.00%).

     Section 2.13 Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company under Section 2.12 to repay the Letter of Credit Bank for any amount drawn on any Letter of Credit and to repay the Banks for any Revolving Loans made under Section 2.15 to cover Unpaid Drawings shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, shall continue for so long as any Letter of Credit is outstanding notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including without limitation the following circumstances:

     (a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

     (b) The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which any Borrower may have or claim at any time against any beneficiary, transferee or holder of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary, transferee or holder may be acting), the Letter of Credit Bank or any Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with a Letter of Credit, this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or any unrelated transaction; or

     (c) Any statement or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever.

41


 

Neither the Letter of Credit Bank nor any Bank nor officers, directors or employees of any thereof shall be liable or responsible for, and the obligations of the Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Bank and the Banks shall not be impaired by:

     (i) The use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions of any beneficiary, transferee or holder thereof in connection therewith;

     (ii) The validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents or endorsements should, in fact, prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged;

     (iii) The acceptance by the Letter of Credit Bank of documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; or

     (iv) Any other action of the Letter of Credit Bank in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit if in good faith and in conformity with U.S. or foreign laws, regulations or customs applicable thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Bank shall be liable to the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company which the Borrowers and the Company prove were caused by the Letter of Credit Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under any Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

Part C — General

     Section 2.14 Optional Reduction of Revolving Commitment Amounts or Termination of Revolving Commitments. The Borrowers may, at any time, upon not less than three Business Days prior written notice from the Borrowers’ Agent to the Agent, reduce the Revolving Commitment Amounts, ratably, with any such reduction in a minimum aggregate amount for all the Banks of $1,000,000, or, if more, in an integral multiple of $1,000,000; provided, however, that the Borrowers may not at any time reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amounts below the Total Revolving Outstandings. The Borrowers’ Agent may, at any time when there are no Letters of Credit outstanding, upon not less than 20 Business Days prior written notice from the Borrowers’ Agent to the Agent, terminate the Revolving Commitments in their entirety. Upon termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks the full amount of all outstanding Advances, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all unpaid Revolving Commitment Fees accrued to the date of such termination, any indemnities payable with respect to Advances pursuant to Section 2.24 and all other unpaid Obligations of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Banks hereunder.

     Section 2.15 Loans to Cover Unpaid Drawings. Whenever any Unpaid Drawing exists for which there are not then funds in the Holding Account to cover the same, the Agent shall give the other Banks notice to that effect, specifying the amount thereof, in which event each Bank is authorized (and each Borrower does here so authorize each Bank) to, and shall, make a

42


 

Revolving Loan (which Loan (a) shall be made as a Prime Rate Advance, in the case of an Unpaid Drawing on a Letter of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars and (b) shall be made as a Eurocurrency Rate Advance having an initial Interest Period of one day (and not of one, three or six months), in the case of an Unpaid Drawing on a Letter of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency) to the relevant Borrowers in an amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of the Unpaid Drawing. The Agent shall notify each Bank by 11:00 A.M. (Minneapolis time) on the date such Unpaid Drawing occurs of the amount of the Revolving Loan to be made by such Bank. Notices received after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. Each Bank shall then make such Revolving Loan (regardless of noncompliance with the applicable conditions precedent specified in Article III hereof and regardless of whether an Event of Default then exists) and each Bank shall provide the Agent with the proceeds of such Revolving Loan in Immediately Available Funds at the office of the Agent, not later than 2:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time) on the day on which such Bank received such notice (or, in the case of notices received after 11:00 A.M. (Minneapolis time) is deemed to have received such notice). The Agent shall apply the proceeds of such Revolving Loans directly to reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank for such Unpaid Drawing. If any portion of any such amount paid to the Agent or the Letter of Credit Bank should be recovered by or on behalf of a Borrower from the Agent or the Letter of Credit Bank in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared between and among the Banks in the manner contemplated by Section 8.10 hereof. If at the time the Banks make funds available to the Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the applicable conditions precedent specified in Article III shall not have been satisfied, the relevant Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks interest on the funds so advanced at a floating rate per annum equal to the sum of the Prime Rate (or, in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, such rate reasonably determined by the Agent) plus the Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Advances plus two percent (2.00%). If for any reason any Bank is unable to make a Revolving Loan to a Borrower to reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank for an Unpaid Drawing, then such Bank shall immediately purchase from the Letter of Credit Bank a risk participation in such Unpaid Drawing, at par, in an amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Percentage of the Unpaid Drawing.

     Section 2.16 Fees.

     (a) Revolving Commitment Fee. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank (other than any Defaulting Bank) fees (the “Revolving Commitment Fees”) in an amount determined by applying the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage to the average daily Unused Revolving Commitment of such Bank during each calendar quarter during the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date. Such Revolving Commitment Fees are payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each quarter and on the Termination Date.

     (b) Agent’s Fees. On or before the Closing Date, the Borrowers will pay the Agent and the Syndication Agent the fees set forth in the separate Fee Letter dated the date hereof between the Agent and the Borrowers.

     (c) Letter of Credit Fees. For each Letter of Credit issued, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks, a fee (a “Letter of Credit Fee”) in an

43


 

amount determined by applying a per annum rate of equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Rate Advances to the original face amount of the Letter of Credit for the period from the date of issuance to the scheduled expiration date of such Letter of Credit is no longer outstanding, provided that any Letter of Credit fees that accrued or were paid during the period prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Existing Letters of Credit shall not be recalculated, redistributed or reallocated by the Agent or the relevant Letter of Credit Bank. Such Letter of Credit Fees are payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter and on the Termination Date. In addition to the Letter of Credit Fee, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent a fronting fee of 0.125% on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit plus other customary fees payable to the Agent and to the Letter of Credit Bank, on demand, all issuance, amendment, drawing and other fees regularly charged by the Letter of Credit Bank to its letter of credit customers and all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Letter of Credit Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, administration or payment of any Letter of Credit.

     Section 2.17 Computation. Revolving Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees and interest on Revolving Loans and Term Loans and Term Loans (Foreign Currency) shall be computed on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days, with the exception of interest based on the Prime Rate, which shall be computed based on the actual number of days elapsed per 365 (366) day year.

     Section 2.18 Payments. Payments and prepayments of principal of, and interest on, the Notes and all fees, expenses and other obligations under this Agreement payable to the Agent or the Banks shall be made without setoff or counterclaim in Immediately Available Funds not later than 2:00 P.M. (Minneapolis time, or, as to Foreign Currency Advances, local time of the Foreign Currency Funding Agent) on the dates called for under this Agreement and the Notes to the Agent at its main office. Funds received after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. The Agent will promptly distribute in like funds to each Bank its ratable share of each such payment of principal, interest and fees received by the Agent for the account of the Banks. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or on the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time, in the case of a payment of principal, shall be included in the computation of any interest on such principal payment; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

     Section 2.19 Use of Loan Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans and Term Loans (Foreign Currency) shall be used to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrowers and to fund certain fees and expenses associated with the closing of the Loan Documents, the Merger and the IPO. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used for the Borrowers’ general business purposes in a manner not in conflict with any of the Borrowers’ covenants in this Agreement. The proceeds of the initial Loans shall be funded in accordance with the statement of sources and uses of funds prepared by the Borrowers’ Agent and attached hereto as Schedule 2.19 and wire transfer instructions furnished by the Borrowers’ Agent to the Agent in connection therewith.

44


 

     Section 2.20 Interest Rate Not Ascertainable, Etc. If, on or prior to the date for determining the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate in respect of the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Advance, any Bank determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding, absent error) that:

     (a) deposits in U.S. Dollars (in the applicable amount) are not being made available to such Bank in the relevant market for such Interest Period, or

     (b) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Bank of funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Advances for such Interest Period,

such Bank shall forthwith give notice to the Borrowers’ Agent and the other Banks of such determination, whereupon the obligation of such Bank to make or continue, or to convert any Advances to Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be suspended until such Bank notifies the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist. While any such suspension continues, all further Advances by such Bank shall be made with an interest rate option to which such suspension does not apply. No such suspension shall affect the interest rate then in effect during the applicable Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Advance outstanding at the time such suspension is imposed.

     Section 2.21 Increased Cost. If any Regulatory Change:

     (a) shall subject any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to its Eurocurrency Rate Advances or its Notes or its obligation to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or shall change the basis of taxation of payment to any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of the principal of or interest on its Eurocurrency Rate Advances or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of its Eurocurrency Rate Advances or its obligation to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Bank or its Applicable Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Bank’s principal office or Applicable Lending Office is located); or

     (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board or the Bank of England or other applicable Governmental Authority, but excluding with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Advance any such requirement to the extent included in calculating the applicable Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank’s Applicable Lending Office or against Letters of Credit issued by the Agent or shall impose on any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or on the United States market for certificates of deposit or the interbank Eurocurrency market any other condition affecting its Eurocurrency Rate Advances, its Notes or its obligation to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or affecting any Letter of Credit;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Rate Advance or issuing or

45


 

maintaining any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Notes, then, within 30 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or reduction. Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. Any demand by any Bank for compensation under this Section shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by such Bank, setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and stating in reasonable detail the basis for the charge and the method of computation. Each such certificate shall be conclusive in the absence of error. In determining such amount, any Bank may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure on the part of any Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable with respect to any Interest Period shall not constitute a waiver of such Bank’s rights to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable in any subsequent Interest Period.

     Section 2.22 Illegality. If any Regulatory Change shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank to make, maintain or fund any Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Foreign Currency Advances, such Bank shall notify the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent, whereupon the obligation of such Bank to make or continue, or to convert any Advances to Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Foreign Currency Advances shall be suspended until such Bank notifies the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist. Before giving any such notice, such Bank shall designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. If such Bank determines that it may not lawfully continue to maintain any Eurocurrency Rate Advances to the end of the applicable Interest Periods, all of the affected Advances shall be automatically converted to Prime Rate Advances as of the date of such Bank’s notice, and upon such conversion the Borrowers shall indemnify such Bank in accordance with Section 2.24.

     Section 2.23 Capital Adequacy. In the event that any Regulatory Change reduces or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on any Bank’s capital or the capital of its parent corporation (by an amount such Bank deems material) as a consequence of its Commitments and/or its Loans and/or any Letters of Credit or any Bank’s obligations to make Advances to cover Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Bank or its parent corporation could have achieved but for such Regulatory Change (taking into account such Bank’s policies and the policies of its parent corporation with respect to capital adequacy), then the Borrowers shall, within 30 days after written notice and demand from such Bank to the Borrowers’ Agent (with a copy to the Agent), pay to such Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Bank or its parent corporation for such reduction. Any demand by any Bank for compensation pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by such Bank stating in reasonable detail the basis for such compensation and the method of computation. Any determination by such Bank under this Section and any certificate as to the

46


 

amount of such reduction given to the Borrowers’ Agent by such Bank shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

     Section 2.24 Funding Losses; Eurocurrency Rate Advances. The Borrowers shall compensate each Bank, upon its written request to the Borrowers’ Agent, for all losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Bank to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry Eurocurrency Rate Advances to the extent not recovered by such Bank in connection with the re-employment of such funds and including loss of anticipated profits) which such Bank may sustain: (i) if for any reason, other than a default by such Bank, a funding of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance does not occur on the date specified therefor in the Borrowers’ Agent’s request or notice as to such Advance, or (ii) if, for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, acceleration of the maturity of Advances following an Event of Default), any repayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance or a conversion occurs on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Any demand by any Bank for compensation pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by such Bank stating in reasonable detail the basis for such compensation and the method of computation. A Bank’s request for compensation and any certificate delivered in connection therewith shall set forth the basis for the amount requested and shall be final, conclusive and binding, absent error.

     Section 2.25 Discretion of Banks as to Manner of Funding. Each Bank shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of Eurocurrency Rate Advances in any manner it may elect, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder (including, but not limited to, determinations under Section 2.24) shall be made as if such Bank had actually funded and maintained each Eurocurrency Rate Advances during the Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Advance through the issuance of its certificates of deposit, or the purchase of deposits, having a maturity corresponding to the last day of the Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the Eurocurrency Rate or other applicable interest rate for such Interest Period.

     Section 2.26 Replacement of Certain Banks. If any Bank shall become and remain (a) a Defaulting Bank or unable to maintain a Eurocurrency Rate Advance or (b) affected by any of the changes or events described in Sections 2.21, 2.22, 2.23 or 2.24 (any such Bank hereinafter referred to as a “Replaced Bank”) and shall give notice to the Borrowers for any increased cost or amounts of its inability to provide Eurocurrency Rate Advances thereunder, the Borrowers may, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Agent and such Replaced Bank by the Borrowers’ Agent, designate a replacement lender (a “Replacement Bank”) acceptable to the Agent, to which such Replaced Bank shall, subject to its receipt (unless a later date for the remittance thereof shall be agreed upon by Borrowers and the Replaced Bank) of all amounts due and owing to such Replaced Bank under Sections 2.21, 2.23 or 2.24, assign all (but not less than all) of its rights, obligations, Loans, Revolving Loan Commitment, Term Loan Commitment and Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.6; provided, that all amounts owed to such Replaced Bank by the Borrowers (except liabilities which by the terms hereof survive the payment in full of the Loans and termination of this Agreement) shall be paid in full as of the date of such assignment. Upon any assignment by any Bank pursuant to this Section becoming effective, the Replacement Bank shall thereupon be deemed to be a “Bank” for all purposes of this Agreement and such Replaced Bank shall

47


 

thereupon cease to be a “Bank” for all purposes of this Agreement and shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder (other than pursuant to Sections 2.21, 2.22, 2.23 or 2.24 while such Replaced Bank was a Bank).

     Section 2.27 Taxes.

     (a) Any and all payments by the Borrowers hereunder or under the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges of withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Bank and the Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments hereunder or under the Notes being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”).

     (b) The Borrowers agree to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the Notes (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).

     (c) The Borrowers shall indemnify each Bank and the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or paid by such Bank or the Agent and any penalties, interest and expenses with respect thereto. Payments on this indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Bank or the Agent makes written demand therefor.

     (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrowers shall furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to on the signature page hereof a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. In the case of any payment hereunder or under the Notes by or on behalf of the Borrowers through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of the Borrowers by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Borrowers determine that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Borrowers shall furnish or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this subsection (d) and subsection (e), the terms “United States” and “United States person” shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     (e) Each Bank, as of the date it becomes a party hereto, represents to the Borrowers and the Agent that it is either (i) a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or (ii) is entitled to complete exemption from United States withholding tax imposed on or with respect to any payments, including fees, to be made pursuant to this Agreement (x) under an applicable provision of a tax convention to which the United States is a party or (y) because it is acting through a branch, agency or office in the United States and any payment to be received by it hereunder is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States. Each Bank that is not a United

48


 

States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall submit to the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent, on or before the day on which such Bank becomes a Bank, a duly completed and signed copy of either Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI of the United States Internal Revenue Service. Form W-8BEN shall include the Foreign Bank’s United States taxpayer identification number if required under the current regulations to claim exemption from withholding pursuant to a tax convention. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Bank shall submit to the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or the other of such Forms (or such successor Forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may be (i) reasonably requested by the Borrowers’ Agent or the Agent and (ii) required and permitted under then-current United States law or regulations to avoid United States withholding taxes on payments in respect of all payments to be received by such Bank hereunder. Upon the request of the Borrowers’ Agent or the Agent, each Bank that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall submit to the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent a certificate on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such substitute form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent to the effect that it is such a United States person.

     (f) If any Borrower shall be required by law or regulation to make any deduction, withholding or backup withholding of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, liabilities or similar charges of any jurisdiction (“Withholding Taxes”) from any payments to a Bank pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Obligations payable to such Bank then or thereafter outstanding, such Borrower shall make such withholdings or deductions and pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

     (g) Each Bank holding a Loan to a Foreign Currency Borrower represents to the Borrowers and the Agent that, in the case of a Bank which is a Bank on the Closing Date and, in the case of a Bank which becomes a Bank after the Closing Date, on the date it becomes a Bank it is:

     (A) either:

     (i) not resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes and is entitled to receive any payments under this Agreement without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes under a double taxation agreement in force on the date when a payment falls due (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities which the Bank will use its best efforts to complete); or

     (ii) a “bank” as defined in section 349 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 in Section 840A of that same Act and resident in the United Kingdom and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payment of interest paid under this Agreement;

49


 

and

     (B) beneficially entitled to the principal and interest payable by the Borrowers to it under this Agreement, and shall forthwith notify the Borrower Agent and the Agent if either representation ceases to be correct.

Each Bank that is not funding its Foreign Currency Advance out of an Applicable Lending Office in the United Kingdom shall promptly submit a duly completed Form FD13 double tax treaty form to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (or the comparable form for its jurisdiction to its jurisdiction’s tax authorities) seeking exemption from United Kingdom tax on interest payable under the Loan Documents by any Foreign Currency Borrower. If such exemption is refused or otherwise is not obtained by the relevant Bank within 120 days of request therefor by Borrowers’ Agent, no Foreign Currency Borrower has any obligation to such Bank under Section 2.27(c) of this Agreement with respect to the Taxes that are the subject to such failed exemption.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     Section 3.1 Conditions of Initial Transaction. The making of the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and the initial Revolving Loans and any Swingline Loans and the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit shall be subject to the prior or simultaneous fulfillment of the following conditions:

     (a) Events. The following events shall have occurred to the satisfaction of the Agent and the Syndication Agent:

     (i) the Merger shall have been consummated;

     (ii) the IPO shall have been concluded, with net proceeds to the Company of not less than $35,000,000;

     (iii) the legal structure of the Company, the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries shall be satisfactorily organized;

     (iv) the due diligence of the Banks shall have been concluded; and

     (v) after giving effect to the initial Revolving Loans, there shall be a minimum availability under the Borrowing Base of not less than $5,000,000.

     (b) Documents. The Agent shall have received the following in sufficient counterparts (except for the Notes) for each Bank:

     (i) A Revolving Note and a Term Note and a Term Note (Foreign Currency) drawn to the order of each Bank executed by a duly authorized officer (or officers) of the Borrowers and dated the Closing Date.

50


 

     (ii) The Security Documents duly executed by the respective parties thereto.

     (iii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or other appropriate officer) of each Borrower dated as of the Closing Date and certifying as to the following:

     (A) A true and accurate copy of the corporate resolutions f(or the equivalent) of such Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party contemplated hereby and thereby;

     (B) The incumbency, names, titles and signatures of the officers of such Borrower authorized to execute the Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party and to request Advances;

     (C) A true and accurate copy of the certificate of incorporation (or the equivalent) of such Borrower with all amendments thereto, certified by the appropriate governmental official of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as of a date not more than five days prior to the Closing Date; and

     (D) A true and accurate copy of the bylaws (or other constitutive documents) for such Borrower.

     (iv) Audited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal years ending December, 2001 through December, 2003, unaudited financial statements for the Company for the months from December, 2003 through June, 2004 and management letters from the Company’s auditors for the fiscal years ending December, 2001 through December, 2003.

     (v) Evidence that the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date is not more than 2.75.

     (vi) Evidence that the Company and EBITDA for the 12 months prior to the Closing Date of not less than $35,000,000.

     (vii) Evidence that the initial Loans will be used to retire certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrowers.

     (viii) A certificate of good standing for each Borrower in the jurisdiction of its incorporation certified by the appropriate governmental official which shall be reasonably prior to the Closing Date, together with any other information required by the USA Patriot Act.

     (ix) Such corporate, partnership and other organizational documents and certificates as the Agent may request with respect to the due organization,

51


 

good standing, power and authority of any Related Person and incumbency of officers, partners or other officials thereof.

     (x) A certificate dated the Closing Date of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of each Borrower certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 3.2 (a) and 3.2 (b) below and to the effect that the Company individually, and together with all its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, is Solvent.

     (xi) The initial Borrowing Base Certificate required under Section 5.2 executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrowers’ Agent.

     (xii) Financing statements for each Borrower executed by a duly authorized officer (or officers) as required by the Agent.

     (xiii) ACORD 27 certificates of insurance with respect to each of the businesses and real properties of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in such amounts and with such carriers as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

     (c) Opinions. The Borrowers and each Related Person shall have requested their counsel, to prepare a written opinion, addressed to the Banks and dated the Closing Date, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 3.1(A), and such opinion shall have been delivered to the Agent in sufficient counterparts for each Bank.

     (d) Security Documents. All Security Documents (or financing statements with respect thereto) shall have been appropriately filed or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent; any pledged collateral shall have been duly delivered to the Agent; any title insurance required by the Agent (with endorsements required by the Agent) shall have been obtained and be satisfactory to the Agent; and the priority and perfection of the Liens created by the Security Documents shall have been established to the satisfaction of the Agent and its counsel.

     (e) Other Matters. All corporate and legal proceedings relating to the Borrowers and the Related Persons and all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in scope, form and substance to the Agent, the Banks and the Agent’s special counsel, and the Agent shall have received all information and copies of all documents, including records of corporate proceedings, as any Bank or such special counsel may reasonably have requested in connection therewith, such documents where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or governmental authorities.

     (f) Fees and Expenses. The Agent shall have received for itself and for the account of the Banks all fees and other amounts due and payable by the Borrowers on or prior to the Closing Date, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel payable pursuant to Section 9.2.

     Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Loans and Letters of Credit. The obligation of the Banks to make any Loans hereunder (including the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and the initial Revolving Loans) and of the Agent to issue each Letter of Credit

52


 

(including the initial Letter of Credit) and of U.S. Bank to make Swingline Loans shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

     (a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date and on the date of each Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan or on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, with the same force and effect as if made on such date except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to a prior date.

     (b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date and on the date of each Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan or the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit or will exist after giving effect to the Loans made on such date or the Letter of Credit so issued.

     (c) Notices and Requests. The Agent shall have received the Borrowers’ Agent’s request for such Loans as required under Section 2.2 or its application for such Letters of Credit specified under Section 2.9.

     Section 3.3 Initial Advance to Each New Subsidiary Borrower. The Banks shall not be required to make any Advance hereunder, or issue any Letter of Credit, in each case, to or with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower added after the Closing Date unless the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Agent with sufficient copies for the Banks:

     (a) The Assumption Letter executed and delivered by such Subsidiary Borrower and containing the written consent of the Company thereon, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

     (b) [Reserved]

     (c) Copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation (or the equivalent thereof) of such Subsidiary Borrower, together with all amendments, and a certificate of good standing (or the equivalent thereof), each certified by the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of organization, as well as any other information required by the USA PATRIOT Act, as determined by the Agent;

     (d) Copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or the equivalent thereof) of such Subsidiary Borrower, of its by-laws (or the equivalent thereof) and of its Board of Directors’ (or the equivalent thereof) resolutions and of resolutions or actions of any other body authorizing the execution of the Assumption Letter and the other Loan Documents to which such Subsidiary Borrower is a party;

     (e) An incumbency certificate, executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or the equivalent thereof) of such Subsidiary Borrower, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signature of the officers of such Subsidiary Borrower authorized to sign the Assumption Letter and the other Loan Document to which such Subsidiary Borrower is a party, upon which certificate the Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by such Subsidiary Borrower;

53


 

     (f) An opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary Borrower in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and its counsel;

     (g) Notes payable to each of the Banks; and

     (h) Such other instruments, documents or agreements as the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the addition of such Subsidiary Borrower, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrowers represent and warrant to the Agent and each Bank that the following are, and after giving effect to the Related Transactions will be, true, correct and complete:

     Section 4.1 Corporate Existence and Power. Each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries:

     (a) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as applicable;

     (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under, the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements to which it is a party;

     (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, and licensed and in good standing, under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; and

     (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law;

except, in each case referred to in clause (a) (solely with respect to Excluded Subsidiaries), clause (b)(i), clause (c) or clause (d) of this Section 4.1, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.

     (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of this Agreement, and the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries of any other Loan Document and Related Agreement to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not and will not:

54


 

     (i) contravene the terms of any of that Person’s Organization Documents;

     (ii) conflict with or result in any material breach or contravention of, or result of the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or its Property is subject; or

     (iii) violate any material Requirement of Law in any material respect.

     (b) Schedule 4.2 sets forth the authorized Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the IPO. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws concerning the issuance of securities. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Foreign Subsidiaries and all of their respective Subsidiaries are owned by the Persons and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.2. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2, there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or other similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition of any shares of capital stock or other securities of any such entity, other than those required by applicable law.

     (c) Prior to the Closing Date, the Merger has been consummated and become effective in accordance with applicable law.

     (d) As of the Closing Date, the IPO has been successfully concluded.

     Section 4.3 Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Related Agreement except (a) for recordings and filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Agent under the Security Documents, (b) those obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date, (c) those required in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents and (d) in the case of any Related Agreement, those which, if not obtained or made, could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document and Related Agreement to which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers and each Subsidiary which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability

55


 

or (b) in respect of Foreign Currency Borrowers, due to the time barring of claims under limitation acts in England, in connection with defenses or set-off or counterclaim under English law or the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty (such as under Section 9.5) may be void under English law.

     Section 4.5 Litigation. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 4.5, as of the Closing Date, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or any of their respective Properties which:

     (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Related Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

     (b) if determined adversely to Borrower or any of the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

No injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Related Agreement, or directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein not be consummated as herein or therein provided.

     Section 4.6 No Default. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries are in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or together with all such defaults, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.7 ERISA Compliance.

     (a) Schedule 4.7 lists all Qualified Plans and Multiemployer Plans. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements of each Plan, and each Plan complies in all material respects, and is operated in compliance in all material respects, with all applicable provisions of law. The Borrower is not aware of any item of non-compliance which would reasonably be expected to result in the loss of Plan qualification or tax-exempt status, or give rise to a material excise tax or other penalty imposed by a Governmental Authority. No material proceeding, claim, lawsuit and/or investigation is pending concerning any Plan. All required contributions have been and will be made in accordance with the provisions of each Qualified Plan and Multiemployer Plan, and with respect to the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate, there are, have been and will be no material Unfunded Pension Liabilities or Withdrawal Liabilities.

     (b) No ERISA Event has occurred or is expected to occur with respect to any Qualified Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Plan.

56


 

     (c) Members of the Controlled Group currently comply and have complied in all material respects with the notice and continuation coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the Code.

     Section 4.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the Loans are intended to be and shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 5.10, and are intended to be and shall be used in compliance with Section 5.10. None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is generally engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. Proceeds of the Loans shall not be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

     Section 4.9 Title to Properties. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries have good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real Property, and good and valid title to all owned personal property and valid leasehold interests in all leased personal property, in each instance, necessary in the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses, subject to Permitted Liens. The Property of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

     Section 4.10 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have filed all federal and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their Properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and the Borrowers have not received written notice of, and no Responsible Officer of the Borrowers has knowledge of, the recording or filing of any Lien. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries which would, if the assessment were made, either individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.11 Financial Condition.

     (a) Each of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries dated December 31, 2003, and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on that date and (ii) the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries dated June 30, 2004 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the six (6) months then ended:

     (x) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the respective periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, subject to, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the lack of footnote disclosures; and

     (y) present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the periods covered thereby.

57


 

     (b) For the period from June 30, 2004 through the Closing Date, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

     (c) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.5 and have no Contingent Obligations other than Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 6.9.

     (d) All financial performance projections delivered to the Agent were prepared by the Company in good faith and are based on assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable when made, it being recognized by the Agent and the Banks, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by said projections may differ from the projected results.

     Section 4.12 Environmental Matters. Except as described on Schedule 4.12:

     (a) The on-going operations of the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws, except for such non-compliance which would not (if enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     (b) The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses, permits, authorizations and registrations required under any Environmental Law (“Environmental Permits”) and necessary for their respective Ordinary Courses of Business, all such Environmental Permits are in good standing and in full force and effect, and the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits, except where the failure to obtain, to maintain in good standing and in full force and effect, or to be in compliance with such Environmental Permits would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and would not reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     (c) None of the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective present Property or operations, is subject to any outstanding written order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority, or subject to any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding, respecting any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material, which would reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     (d) There are no Hazardous Materials or other conditions or circumstances regulated under Environmental Laws existing with respect to any Property, or arising from operations prior to the Closing Date, of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries have any underground storage tanks (i) that are not properly registered or permitted under

58


 

applicable Environmental Laws, or (ii) that are leaking or disposing of Hazardous Materials, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.13 Security Documents. All representations and warranties of the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any other party to any Security Document (other than the Agent and/or any Bank) contained in the Security Documents are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true as of such earlier date.

     Section 4.14 Regulated Entities. None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of the Borrower is (a) an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 which is required to be registered thereunder; or (b) subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other foreign, federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

     Section 4.15 Solvency. The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

     Section 4.16 Labor Relations. There are no strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or, to the Borrowers’ knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, in any case which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and no significant unfair labor practice complaint is pending against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority in any case which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.17 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. Schedule 4.17 identifies all United States and foreign patents, registered trademarks, service marks, trade names and registered copyrights, and all registrations and applications for registration thereof and all licenses thereof, owned or held by any Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Related Transactions, and identifies the jurisdictions in which such registrations and applications have been filed. Except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 4.17, as of the Closing Date, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are the sole beneficial owners of, or have the right to use, free from any restrictions, claims, rights encumbrances or burdens, the intellectual property identified on Schedule 4.17 and all other processes, designs, formulas, computer programs, computer software packages, trade secrets, inventions, product manufacturing instructions, technology, research and development, know-how and all other intellectual property that are necessary for the operation of the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ businesses as being operated on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Related Transactions. Each patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright and license listed on Schedule 4.17 is in full force and effect except to the extent the failure to be in effect will not and would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, as of the Closing Date (a) none of the products or operations of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries

59


 

infringe any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, license of intellectual property or other right owned by any other Person, and (b) there is no pending or threatened claim or litigation against or affecting any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries contesting the right of any of them to manufacture, process, sell or use any such product or to engage in any such operation except for claims and/or litigation which will not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the trademark registrations set forth on Schedule 4.17 is an “intent-to-use” registration.

     Section 4.18 Subsidiaries. The Borrowers have no Subsidiaries or equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than (a) those existing on the Closing Date and specifically disclosed in Schedule 4.2 or (b) those established or created after the Closing Date in accordance with subsection 6.4(k) with respect to which the Borrowers have complied with all of the requirements of Section 4.12.

     Section 4.19 Brokers’ Fees; Transaction Fees. Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.19, neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s or investment banker’s fee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     Section 4.20 Insurance. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries and their respective Properties are insured with reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by similarly situated companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar Properties in localities where such Borrower or such Subsidiary operates. A materially true and complete listing of such insurance, including issuers, coverages and deductibles, has been provided to the Agent.

     Section 4.21 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in each exhibit, report, statement or certificate (other than projections and budgets) furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials, if any, delivered by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Banks prior to the Closing Date), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

     Section 4.22 Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering.

     (a) OFAC. None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (i) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise, to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of a Borrower, associated with any such person in any manner

60


 

violative of Section 2, or (iii) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

     Section 4.23 USA Patriot Act. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of the Advances will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

     Section 4.24 Dormant Subsidiaries. Except for Dormant Subsidiaries for which the Borrower’s Agent has given to the Agent a notice of the type specified in Section 5.2(i), no Dormant Subsidiary has any business operations or any material assets or liabilities.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Until all obligations of the Banks hereunder to make the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and Revolving Loans and of the Letter of Credit Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Notes and all of the other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been paid in full and all outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired or the liability of the Letter of Credit Bank thereon shall have otherwise been discharged (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), unless the Letter of Credit Bank and the Required Banks shall otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 5.1 Financial Statements. The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit the preparation of financial statements (including consolidated financial statements) in conformity with GAAP (provided that in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of organization of such Foreign Subsidiary are satisfactory for unconsolidated financial statements provided with respect to such Foreign Subsidiary, but not for consolidated financial statements) (provided further that, in each case, monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosure and are subject to normal year-end adjustments). The Company shall deliver to the Agent and in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

     (a) as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of any “Big Four” or other nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Agent which report shall state that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the

61


 

financial position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years.

     (b) as soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of each year (except 45 days after the end of each December), a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company, the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of such month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, all certified on behalf of the Company by an appropriate Responsible Officer as being complete and correct in all material respects and fairly presenting in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosure.

     Section 5.2 Certificates; Borrowing Base Certificates; Other Information. The Company shall furnish to the Agent:

     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) and, in the case of such financial statement for its last month of the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year, Section 5.1(b) above, a fully and properly completed Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit 5.2(a), certified on behalf of the Company by a Responsible Officer;

     (b) promptly after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports which the Company sends to its shareholders or other equity holders, as applicable, generally; and promptly after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and regular, periodic or special reports which the Company may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or similar Governmental Authority;

     (c) as soon as available and in any event within 20 days after the end of each calendar month, and, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at such other times as the Agent may reasonably require, a Borrowing Base Certificate, certified on behalf of the Company by a Responsible Officer, setting forth the Borrowing Base of the Borrowers as at the end of the most-recently ended calendar month or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at such other date or dates as the Agent may require;

     (d) together with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to subsection 5.1(a) and subsection 5.1(b) for the last calendar month of each fiscal quarter (i) a management report, in reasonable detail, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, describing the operations and financial condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the month and the portion of the fiscal year then ended (or for the fiscal year then ended in the case of annual financial statements), and (ii) a report setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding figures from the most recent projections for

62


 

the current fiscal year delivered pursuant to subsection 5.2(f) and discussing the reasons for any significant variations;

     (e) upon the request of the Agent, at any time if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing but otherwise not more often than once each year, the Company will obtain and deliver to the Agent a report of an independent collateral auditor reasonably satisfactory to the Agent with respect to the Accounts and Inventory, which report shall indicate whether or not the information set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered is accurate and complete in all material respects;

     (f) as soon as available and in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Company, projections of the Company’s (and its Subsidiaries’) consolidated financial performance for the then current fiscal year, and for the forthcoming fiscal year on a month by month basis;

     (g) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any reports submitted by the Company’s certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or internal control systems of the Company made by such accountants, including any comment letters submitted by such accountants to management of the Company in connection with their services;

     (h) from time to time, if the Agent determines that obtaining appraisals is necessary in order for the Agent or any Bank to comply with applicable laws or regulations, and at any time if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent may, or may require the Company to, in either case at the Company’s expense, obtain appraisals in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to the Agent stating then current fair market value of all or any portion of the real or personal property of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries;

     (i) within ten (10) Business Days of any Dormant Subsidiary having any business operations or any material assets or liabilities, written notice of such event; and

     (j) promptly, such additional business, financial, corporate affairs, perfection certificates and other information as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

     Section 5.3 Notices. The Company shall notify promptly the Agent and each Bank of each of the following (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware thereof):

     (a) the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default;

     (b) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any Contractual Obligation of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any violation of, or non-compliance with, any Requirement of Law, which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, including a description of such breach, non-performance, default, violation or non-compliance and the steps, if any, such Borrower or such Subsidiary has taken, is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof;

63


 

     (c) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension which may exist at any time between a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect;

     (d) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) in which the relief sought is an injunction or other stay of the performance of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any Related Agreement;

     (e) any of the following if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective Properties pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) any other Environmental Claims, and (iii) any environmental or similar condition on any real property adjoining the Property of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Property or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of such Property under any Environmental Laws;

     (f) any of the following if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, together with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Borrower or any member or its Controlled Group with respect to such event:

     (i) an ERISA Event;

     (ii) the adoption of any new Qualified Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code by any member of the Controlled Group;

     (iii) the adoption of any amendment to a Qualified Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, if such amendment results in a material increase in benefits or unfunded liabilities; or

     (iv) the commencement of contributions by any member of the Controlled Group to any Multiemployer Plan or any Qualified Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code;

     (g) any Material Adverse Effect subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries delivered to the Agent and the Banks pursuant to this Agreement;

     (h) any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries;

64


 

     (i) any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

     (j) the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by a Borrower of any capital stock or warrant option or similar agreement in respect thereof.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time. Each notice under subsection 5.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses or provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been breached or violated.

     Section 5.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to:

     (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its organizational existence and good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, except, with respect to the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries, in connection with transactions permitted by Section 6.3;

     (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 6.3 and sales of assets permitted by Section 6.2 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

     (c) use its reasonable efforts, in the Ordinary Course of Business and in its reasonable business judgment, to preserve its business organization and preserve the goodwill and business of the customers, suppliers and others having material business relations with it; and

     (d) preserve or renew all of its registered trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property. The Borrowers shall maintain, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, and preserve all its Property which is necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted and shall make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.6 Insurance. The Borrowers shall maintain, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, with reputable independent insurers, insurance with respect to its Properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by

65


 

similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, including workers’ compensation insurance, public liability and Property and casualty insurance, which amounts shall not be reduced by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the absence of thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Agent and business interruption insurance in an amount not less than $5,000,000. All Property damage and casualty insurance shall name the Agent as loss payee/mortgagee, all liability insurance shall name the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks as additional insured and all business interruption insurance shall name the Agent as assignee. Upon request of the Agent or any Bank, the Company shall furnish the Agent at reasonable intervals (but not more than once per calendar year) a certificate of a Responsible Officer on behalf of the Company (and, if requested by the Agent, any insurance broker of the Company) setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with this Section 5.6. In the event that the Agent requests from the Company evidence of the insurance coverage required by this Agreement, and the Company fails to deliver such evidence within two Business Days following such request, the Agent may purchase insurance at the Borrowers’ expense to protect the Agent’s and Banks’ interests in the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ Properties. This insurance may, but need not, protect the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ interests. The coverage that the Agent purchases may not pay any claim that a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower makes or any claim that is made against a Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with said Property. The Borrowers may later cancel any insurance purchased by the Agent, but only after providing the Agent with evidence that such Borrower has obtained insurance as required by this Agreement. If the Agent purchases insurance, the Borrowers will be responsible for the costs of that insurance, including interest and any other charges the Agent may impose in connection with the placement of insurance, until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the insurance. The costs of the insurance shall be added to the Obligations. The costs of the insurance may be more than the cost of insurance the Borrowers may be able to obtain on their own.

     Section 5.7 Payment of Obligations. The Borrowers shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to, pay, discharge and perform as the same shall become due and payable or required to be performed, all their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

     (a) all material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted which stay the enforcement of any Lien and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Borrower or such Subsidiary;

     (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon its Property unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted which stay the imposition or enforcement of the Lien and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrowers;

     (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained herein and/or in any instrument or agreement

66


 

evidencing such Indebtedness, except to the extent such non-payment would not result in an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(e) below; and

     (d) the performance of all obligations under any Contractual Obligation to which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound, or to which it or any of its properties is subject, including the Related Agreements, except where the failure to perform would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.8 Compliance with Laws. The Borrowers shall comply, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws), except (a)(i) such as may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted without risk of loss of any Collateral, (ii) as to which a bona fide dispute exists, and (iii) for which appropriate reserves have been established on the Borrower’s financial statements or (b) where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.9 Inspection of Property and Books and Records. The Borrowers shall maintain and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of record and account, in which true and correct entries, in all material respects, in conformity with GAAP (or the equivalent in the foreign country where such Borrower or Subsidiary has its principal place of business) consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrowers and such Subsidiaries. The Borrowers shall permit, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Agent (at the expense of the Borrowers provided that the Borrowers shall be responsible for such expenses not more than one (1) time per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), or the Required Bank (at the Required Bank’s expense unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), to visit and inspect any of their respective Properties, to examine their respective corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and independent public accountants, at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to such Borrower; provided, however, a Responsible Officer of such Borrower shall be afforded the opportunity to attend any discussions with any independent public accountants and, provided, further, when an Event of Default exists the Agent or any Bank may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

     Section 5.10 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Loans solely as follows: (a) to refinance certain Indebtedness, (b) to pay costs and expenses of the Related Transactions and costs and expenses required to be paid pursuant to Section 3.1(f), and (c) for working capital and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law and not in violation of this Agreement.

     Section 5.11 [Reserved].

67


 

     Section 5.12 Further Assurances.

     (a) The Borrowers shall ensure that all written information (other than projections or budgets), exhibits and reports furnished to the Agent or the Banks do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will not omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, and will promptly disclose to the Agent and the Banks and correct any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgement or recordation thereof.

     (b) Promptly upon request by the Agent, the Borrowers shall (and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to) take such additional actions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the Security Documents any of the Properties, rights or interests covered by any of the Security Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Agent and Banks the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Agent and the Banks under any Loan Document or under any other document executed in connection therewith.

     (c) Interest Rate Protection. Prior to December 31, 2004, the Company shall enter into, and thereafter maintain, Rate Contracts providing protection against fluctuations in interest rates with one or more financial institutions or otherwise fixing the rate of interest with respect to an amount equal to at least 20% of the Dollar Amount of the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency), which agreements shall provide for not less than a three (3) year term and containing such other terms as are customary and are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

     Section 5.13 Management Agreement. The Company shall provide the Agent promptly after the execution thereof an executed copy of the Management Agreement dated not later than one year after the date of this Agreement.

     Section 5.14 Real Estate Mortgages. With respect to any fee interest in any real property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary, promptly upon the request of the Agent, the Company shall or shall cause the relevant Subsidiary to (A) execute and deliver a first priority mortgage or deed of trust (as may be required by applicable law) subject to Permitted Liens, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks covering such real property, (B) if requested by the Agent, provide the Banks (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such real property (or such other amount as shall be specified by the Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof or equivalent thereof satisfactory to the Agent, together with a surveyor’s certificate, (y) any consents or estoppels deemed necessary or advisable by the Agent in connection with such mortgage or deed of trust, each of the foregoing in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (z) environmental reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Agent as to any potential

68


 

liabilities under environmental laws associated with such real property and (C) if requested by the Agent, deliver to the Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, satisfactory to the Agent.

     Section 5.15 Guaranties and Security Interests With Respect to Subsidiaries. With respect to any Subsidiary of the Company for which such events have not previously occurred or such deliveries have not been previously made, promptly at the request of the Agent: (i) the Company shall cause the Equity Interests in such Subsidiary (or, as to any Foreign Subsidiary, 65% of the Equity Interests in such Subsidiary) to be pledged to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks to secure the Obligations, (ii) the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to absolutely and unconditionally guaranty or otherwise become obligated to pay the Obligations, and/or grant to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks a perfected security interest in substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary as security for the Obligations and (iii) the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to, at the Company’s sole cost and expense, execute and deliver to the Agent such documents and instruments reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent to effectuate, or to evidence the due organizational authorization of, the matters specified the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) as specified in such request (which documents may include a certificate of an appropriate officer of such Subsidiary as to the organizational documents and resolutions of such Subsidiary with respect to such matters and legal opinions with respect to such matters). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to furnish any such guaranties or security interests or related documents or instruments with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that such actions would either (a) violate the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of such Foreign Subsidiary or (b) create adverse tax consequences with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary.

     Section 5.16 Collateral Assignments of Intellectual Property. Promptly upon any request by the Agent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries specified in such request will execute and deliver to the Agent collateral assignments of any intellectual property owned by the Company or such Subsidiary that is registered with the United States Office of Patents and Trademarks or the United States Office of Copyrights or any foreign filing authority and in the form reasonably prescribed by the Agent.

     Section 5.17 Additional Financial Information. Within 10 days after the Closing Date, the Borrowers’ Agent will furnish to the Agent:

     (a) projections for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal year period 2004 through 2008 (including monthly projections for the 12 months commencing with August, 2004);

     (b) actual results against prior projections for the Company for the 12 months ending June, 2004; and

     (c) a pro forma closing balance sheet for the Company, giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

69


 

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Until all obligations of the Banks hereunder to make the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and Revolving Loans and of the Letter of Credit Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Notes and all of the other Obligations have been paid in full and all outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired or the liability of the Letter of Credit Bank thereon shall have otherwise been discharged, unless the Letter of Credit Bank and the Required Banks shall otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 6.1 Limitation on Liens. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of their Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (“Permitted Liens”):

     (a) any Lien existing on the Property of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date and permitted by subsection 6.5(c), including replacement Liens on the Property currently subject to such Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by subsection 6.5(c);

     (b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

     (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges (i) which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or (ii) the non-payment of which is permitted by Section 4.10;

     (d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business which are not delinquent for more than ninety (90) days or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property subject thereto and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained;

     (e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeals bonds, bids, leases, governmental contract, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or to secure liability to insurance carriers;

     (f) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens, provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and all such Liens secure claims in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries not exceeding $1,000,000;

70


 

     (g) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and other restrictions, minor defects or other irregularities in title, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business which, either individually or, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries;

     (h) Liens on any Property acquired or held by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business, securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing (or refinancing) all or any part of the cost of acquiring such Property and permitted under subsection 6.5(d); provided that (i) any such Lien attaches to such Property concurrently with or within ninety (90) days after the acquisition thereof, (ii) such Lien attaches solely to the Property so acquired in such transaction, and (iii) the principal amount of the debt secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such Property (including any shipping and installation costs);

     (i) Liens securing Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under subsection 6.5(d);

     (j) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease or non-exclusive license permitted by this Agreement;

     (k) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements filed under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

     (l) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

     (m) Liens in favor of collecting banks arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC;

     (n) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and similar Liens and margin deposits, and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices, to the extent not interfering with the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries;

     (o) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases of real property or intellectual property granted by the Borrowers (as lessor or licensor) to third Persons in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices;

     (p) banker’s Liens and rights of set-off of financial institutions arising in connection with items deposited in accounts maintained at such financial institutions and subsequently unpaid and unpaid fees and expenses that are charged to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by such financial institutions in the Ordinary Course of Business of the maintenance and operation of such accounts;

     (q) Liens deemed to exist in connection with repurchase agreements and other similar Investments to the extent such repurchase agreements and/or Investments are permitted under Section 6.4 hereof;

71


 

     (r) other Liens not described above securing obligations other than Indebtedness, provided such Liens do not secure obligations in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time;

     (s) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

     (t) Liens attaching solely to reasonable cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;

     (u) Liens attaching solely to Cash Equivalents in connection with any swap agreement that is not connected with the Obligations; and

     (v) Liens with respect to Property of a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Currency Borrower given to secure Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.5(n).

     Section 6.2 Disposition of Assets. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any Property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

     (a) (i) dispositions of inventory and use of cash, all in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) dispositions of used, worn-out or surplus equipment in the Ordinary Course of Business, (iii) leasing, subleasing, licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property, or real or personal property to third parties, in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices, to the extent not interfering with a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iv) dispositions of inventory among the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.6(b);

     (b) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value and the mandatory prepayment in the amount of the net proceeds of such disposition is made as provided in Section 2.7; provided, that (i) at the time of any disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or shall result from such disposition, (ii) at least seventy five percent (75%) of the aggregate sales price from such disposition shall be paid in cash, and (iii) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold by a Borrower and its Subsidiaries, together, shall not exceed in any fiscal year $1,000,000;

     (c) sales, discounts or write-offs of overdue Accounts for collection in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices;

     (d) sales or other dispositions of Cash Equivalents in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (e) issuances of Equity Interests in the Company (including warrants or options or similar interests) to officers and employees pursuant to a stock ownership or

72


 

purchase plan or compensation plan of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided that no issuances shall be permitted while an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would arise as a result therefrom;

     (f) the granting of Permitted Liens;

     (g) sales or other dispositions expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.3 and dispositions of Investments permitted by Section 6.4;

     (h) intercompany transfers of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business; provided, that the fair market value of assets transferred to Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year;

     (i) issuances of Equity Interests to qualifying directors of the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries; and

     (j) sales or other dispositions of Investments permitted hereunder.

     Section 6.3 Consolidations and Mergers. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, merge, consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of their assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except (i) the Company may consummate the Merger on the Closing Date and (ii) upon not less than five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with, or dissolve or liquidate into, the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that the Company or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving entity.

     Section 6.4 Loans and Investments. The Borrowers shall not and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to (i) purchase or acquire, or make any commitment to purchase or acquire any capital stock, Equity Interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, or (ii) make or commit to make any Acquisitions, or any other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of any business or division of any Person, including without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or other combination (other than the Merger or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.3) or (iii) make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in, any Person including any Affiliate of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, but excluding trade payables, accrued operating expenses, prepaid operating expenses and Accounts Receivable, in each instance, incurred, made or arising in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with past practices (the items described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to as “Investments”), except for:

     (a) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

73


 

     (b) extensions of credit in the Ordinary Course of Business by (i) the Company to any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any other Subsidiary of the Company; provided that following an Event of Default, if requested by the Agent, the obligations of each obligor shall be evidenced by notes, the sole originally executed copy of which shall, at the request of the Agent, be pledged to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and have such other terms as the Agent may reasonably require;

     (c) loans and advances to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

     (d) Investments in securities of Account Debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such account debtors;

     (e) Investments in the form of intercompany loans made by the Borrowers to the Company to the extent that, at the time such loan is made, a Restricted Payment from the Borrowers to the Company would be permitted under Section 6.11 and provided that (i) the proceeds of such loans are used for the purposes specified in Section 6.11, (ii) following an Event of Default, if requested by the Agent, such loans are evidenced by promissory notes, the sole originally executed copy of which shall, at the request of the Agent, be pledged to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and Banks, as security for the Obligations and (iii) such intercompany loans shall be treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, determining compliance with the provisions of Section 6.11 relating to the type of such Restricted Payment;

     (f) the forgiveness or capitalization by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to such Borrower or such Subsidiary by a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (g) Rate Contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (h) deposit accounts maintained in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent that, if so requested by the Agent, the Agent has received a deposit account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, executed by the applicable Borrower, the Agent and the financial institution at which all such deposit accounts are maintained, and over which deposit accounts the Agent has “control” under and as defined in the UCC;

     (i) deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business securing obligations or performance under contracts, such as in connection with real estate or personal property leases;

     (j) promissory notes and other similar non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with dispositions permitted under subsection 6.2(b), provided that such notes or non-cash consideration shall be pledged to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks;

     (k) the establishment or creation of domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by the Company or any of its domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to

74


 

the extent the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5.12 in respect thereof and no Default or Event of Default exists or otherwise would arise or result therefrom, provided that, contributions to capital and extensions of credit to such Subsidiaries shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement;

     (l) the acquisition by the Company or any of its domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of another domestic business organization that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary prior to such acquisition, or of any business or division of such domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, so long as no Event of Default exists or otherwise would result therefrom;

     (m) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.4;

     (n) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may accept notes from officers and employees in exchange for capital stock of the Company purchased by such officers or employees pursuant to a stock ownership or purchase plan or compensation plan in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (o) Contingent Obligations permitted under Section 6.9;

     (p) loans or Investments that could otherwise be made as a distribution in cash permitted under Section 6.11;

     (q) Investments to the extent such Investments reflect an increase in the value of other permitted Investments;

     (r) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may capitalize or forgive any Indebtedness owed to it by a Borrower;

     (s) Permitted Acquisitions;

     (t) transfers of assets among the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under Section 6.2;

     (u) Investments constituting pledges and deposits otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

     (v) creation of, and capital contributions to, (i) Domestic Subsidiaries provided such Borrower and such Subsidiary shall have complied with the terms and conditions contained in Section 5.12 and (ii) Foreign Subsidiaries, provided that the capital contributions to Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed $5,000,000 (plus any return of capital or dividends received from Foreign Subsidiaries) during the term of this agreement;

     (w) Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder; and

     (x) other Investments not described above in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding. The amount of any Investment shall be

75


 

the initial amount of such Investment less all repayments, returns, dividends and distributions received in respect of such Investment and less all liabilities expressly assumed by another Person in connection with the sale of such Investment.

     Section 6.5 Limitation on Indebtedness. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

     (a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

     (b) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations described in clause (i) of the definition thereof and permitted pursuant to Section 6.9;

     (c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.5 including extensions and refinancings thereof which do not increase the principal amount of such Indebtedness as of the date of such extension or refinancing;

     (d) Indebtedness not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, consisting of Capital Lease Obligations or secured by Liens permitted by subsection 6.1(i);

     (e) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 6.4(b);

     (f) Subordinated Indebtedness;

     (g) Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services and overdraft protection in connection with deposit accounts;

     (h) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (i) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments or governmental charges to the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be required to be made in accordance with Section 5.7;

     (j) Indebtedness consisting of deferred purchase price or notes issued to officers, directors and employees to purchase or redeem Equity Interests (or option or warrants or similar instruments) of the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (k) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, Surety Bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of such Person in the Ordinary Course of Business or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or disposition permitted under Subsection 6.2;

     (l) obligations under incentive, non-compete, consulting, deferred compensation, or other similar arrangements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

76


 

     (m) Indebtedness in connection with Rate Contracts;

     (n) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (including letters of credit) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $5,000,000 outstanding at any time;

     (o) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations secured by Liens permitted under Subsection 6.1(c); and

     (p) other Indebtedness not exceeding in the aggregate at any time outstanding $1,000,000.

     Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of such Borrower or of any such Subsidiary, except:

     (a) as expressly permitted by this Agreement

     (b) in the Ordinary Course of Business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of such Borrower or such Subsidiary provided that, in the case of this clause (b), upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Borrower or such Subsidiary and which are disclosed in writing to the Agent;

     (c) transactions entered into on or prior to the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 6.6;

     (d) compensation, expense reimbursement and indemnities paid to officers and directors of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (e) stock option and compensation plans of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries maintained in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (f) employment contracts with officers and management of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries permitted by Section 6.7;

     (g) transactions among the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (h) the repurchase of Equity Interests from officers, directors and employees to the extent permitted by Section 6.4;

     (i) advances and loan to officers and employees of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.4;

     (j) notes taken from officers, directors and employees to purchase Equity Interests to the extent permitted by Section 6.4; and,

77


 

     (k) payment of management fees, consulting fees, advisory fees or similar fees pursuant to the Management Agreement and indemnities and reimbursement of expenses in connection therewith.

     Section 6.7 Management Fees and Compensation. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to pay any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate of the Borrower or to any officer, director or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of the Borrower except (a) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for actual services rendered to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business, (b) payment of directors’ fees and reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director meetings not to exceed in the aggregate, with respect to all such items, $1,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower, (c) reimbursement of reasonable, actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by HCI Partners LLC in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent required to be reimbursed pursuant the Management Agreement, (d) payment of a management fee to HCI Partners LLC pursuant to the Management Agreement not to exceed $500,000 per annum, and (e) transaction fees payable pursuant to the Management Agreement; provided, however, that no such fees or reimbursements of expenses described in clauses (c), (d) or (e) above shall be paid during any period while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment, provided, further, that fees or reimbursements of expenses not paid as a result of the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default may accrue and be paid when the applicable Event of Default has been cured or waived.

     Section 6.8 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers shall not and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or repay or otherwise refinance Indebtedness of the Borrower or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, or otherwise in any manner which is in contravention of any Requirement of Law or in violation of this Agreement.

     Section 6.9 Contingent Obligations. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligations except in respect of the Obligations and except:

     (a) endorsements for collection or deposit and standard contractual indemnities entered into, in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business;

     (b) Rate Contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculation with the Agent’s prior written consent or pursuant to Section 5.13;

     (c) Contingent Obligations of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 6.9, including extension and renewals thereof which do not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligations as of the date of such extension or renewal;

     (d) Contingent Obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations;

78


 

     (e) Contingent Obligations (including Earn-outs) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and Subordinated Indebtedness;

     (f) Contingent Obligations arising under indemnity agreements to title insurers to cause such title insurers to issue to the Agent title insurance policies;

     (g) Contingent Obligations arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of (i) sellers in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder and (ii) purchasers in connection with dispositions permitted under subsection 6.2(b);

     (h) Contingent Obligations arising under Letters of Credit and other letters of credit permitted by Section 6.5; and

     (i) Contingent Obligations incurred for the benefit of the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if the Primary Obligation is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

     Section 6.10 Compliance with ERISA. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to:

     (a) terminate any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA so as to result in any material liability to a Borrower;

     (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event or any other event or condition, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

     (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to a Borrower;

     (d) enter into any new Plan or modify any existing Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (e) except for any such excess described in Section 6.10 with respect to any plans relating to the Subsidiaries’ United Kingdom operations permit the present value of all nonforfeitable accrued benefits under any Plan (using the actuarial assumptions utilized by the PBGC upon termination of a Plan) materially to exceed the fair market value of Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Plan.

     Section 6.11 Restricted Payments. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (i) declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity securities, (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity securities or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such shares, interests or securities now or hereafter outstanding or (iii) make

79


 

any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, fees, redemption, exchange, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, Subordinated Indebtedness (the items described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are referred to as “Restricted Payments”); except that any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and except that the Company may:

     (a) declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in its common stock or other equity securities;

     (b) redemption and dividend payments to management and directors in the Ordinary Course of Business pursuant to the Company’s executive compensation plans;

     (c) prepay the indebtedness associated with the issuance of industrial development revenue bonds existing on the date of this Agreement relating to the Borrowers’ Vonore, Tennessee facility; and

     (d) in connection with the consummation of the Merger, make distributions upon and/or redeem fractional shares in the Company.

     Section 6.12 Change in Business. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business carried on by it on the date hereof or any business similarly related to or which constitutes a reasonable extension thereof.

     Section 6.13 Change in Structure. Except (i) as expressly permitted under Section 5.3 and 6.4 and (ii) for the UK Restructuring Transaction so long as (x) no Event of Default is continuing, (y) the Borrower’s Agent has given the Agent not less than 10 days’ written notice prior to the consummation thereof and (z) the Borrower’s Representative has delivered to the Agent any documents requested by the Agent of the type specified in Section 5.15, the Borrowers shall not and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any material changes in their equity capital structure (including in the terms of its outstanding stock), or amend any of their Organization Documents in any material respect or in any respect adverse to the Agent or Banks in their capacity as such, except that National Seating Company (currently a Subsidiary of Bostrom International, Ltd.) may become a Subsidiary owned directly by the Company.

     Section 6.14 Accounting Changes. The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of the Borrower or of any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

     Section 6.15 Amendments to Related Agreements and Subordinated Indebtedness.

     (a) The Borrowers shall not and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries, to (i) amend, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any provision of, any Related Agreement in a manner adverse to the Agent or Banks or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) take or fail to take any action under any Related Agreement that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

80


 

     (b) the Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to, change or amend the terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness if the effect of such amendment is to: (A) increase the interest rate on such Indebtedness; (B) shorten the dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due on such Indebtedness; (C) change the subordination provisions thereof (or the subordination terms of any guaranty thereof); or (D) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to such Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent or the Banks.

     Section 6.16 No Negative Pledges. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual restriction or encumbrance of any kind on the ability of any such Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of such Subsidiary’s equity securities or to pay fees, including management fees, or make other payments and distributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than restrictions contained herein. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, assume or become subject to any Contractual Obligation prohibiting or otherwise restricting the existence of any Lien upon any of its assets in favor of the Agent, whether now owned or hereafter acquired except (i) in connection with any document or instrument governing Liens permitted pursuant to subsections 6.1(h) and (i) and (v) provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such permitted Liens or (ii) licenses and contracts providing that the granting of such Lien in the right, title or interest of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries therein would be prohibited and would, in and of itself, cause or result in a default thereunder enabling another Person party to such license or contract to enforce any remedy with respect thereto.

     Section 6.17 OFAC. None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (i) will become a person whose property or interests in property are blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079(2001), (ii) will engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or be otherwise, to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of a Borrower, associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (iii) will otherwise become a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other OFAC regulation or executive order.

     Section 6.18 Capital Expenditures. The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall not make Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year in an aggregate amount exceeding $12,000,000.

     Section 6.19 Total Leverage Ratio. The Borrowers shall not permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during the following periods for the four fiscal quarter period then ended to be greater than the ratio set forth below for such period:

81


 

     
Fiscal Quarters   Maximum Total
Ending
  Leverage Ratio
September 30, 2004
  3.00 to 1.00
 
   
December 31, 2004
  3.00 to 1.00
 
   
March 31, 2005 through December 31, 2005
  2.75 to 1.00
 
   
March 31, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and each fiscal quarter thereafter
  2.50 to 1.00

     Section 6.20 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company shall not permit its Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

     (a) for the period from October 1, 2004 to the last day of the fiscal quarters ending on or about December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005, to be less than 1.30 to 1.00; and

     (b) for the four fiscal quarters ending on September 2005 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter, to be less than 1.30 to 1.00.

     Section 6.21 Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company shall not permit its Interest Coverage Ratio:

     (a) for the period from October 1, 2004 to the last day of the fiscal quarters ending on or about December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005, to be less than 2.50 to 1.00; and

     (b) for the four fiscal quarters ending on or about September 2005 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter, to be less than 2.50 to 1.00.

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     Section 7.1 Event of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

     (a) Non-Payment. The Borrowers fail to pay, (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, including after maturity of the Loans, whether by acceleration or otherwise, (ii) within three (3) days after the same shall become due, any interest on any Loan, or (iii) within five (5) days after the same shall become due, any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document; or

82


 

     (b) Representation or Warranty. Any representation, warranty or certification by or on behalf of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed made herein, in any other Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by a Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective Responsible Officers, furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

     (c) Specific Defaults. A Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2(a), 5.3, 5.4(a) , 5.12 or Article VI hereof or the Fee Letter; or

     (d) Other Defaults. A Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such default and (ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Borrower’s Agent by the Agent or the Required Banks; or

     (e) Cross-Default. A Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) fails to make any payment in respect of any one or more items of Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) or Contingent Obligations having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $3,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the document relating thereto on the date of such failure; or (ii) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity (without regard to any subordination terms with respect thereto), or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or

     (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings. A Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) ceases or fails, on a consolidated basis, to be Solvent; (ii) other than as to Excluded Subsidiaries, voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course (; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

     (g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is commenced or filed against a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of a Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of

83


 

attachment, execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries admits the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its Property or business; or

     (h) ERISA. (i) A member of the Controlled Group shall fail to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under a Multiemployer Plan; (ii) a member of the Controlled Group shall fail to satisfy its contribution requirements under Section 412(c)(11) of the Code, whether or not it has sought a waiver under Section 412(d) of the Code; (iii) the occurrence of an ERISA Event; (iv) a Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code shall lose its qualification; (v) any member of the Controlled Group engages in or otherwise becomes liable for a non-exempt prohibited transaction; (vi) a violation of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code; (vii) any member of the Controlled Group is assessed a tax under Section 4980B of the Code or incurs a liability under Section 601 et seq of ERISA; and, the occurrence of any such event listed in clauses (i) through (vii), or the occurrence of any combination of events listed in clauses (i) through (vii) results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (i) Monetary Judgments. One or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall be entered against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or for which there is not indemnification upon terms, and by such indemnitors, reasonably acceptable to the Agent) as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of $1,000,000 or more, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of thirty (30) days after the entry thereof; or

     (j) Non-Monetary Judgments. One or more non-monetary judgments, orders or decrees shall be rendered against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which does or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

     (k) Collateral. Any material provision of any Security Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower party thereto or a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; or any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or, if such security interest is a perfected security interest, such

84


 

security interest shall for any reason (other than the failure of the Agent or its counsel to take any action within its control) cease to be a perfected and first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens; or

     (l) Ownership. Following the IPO, any Change of Control shall occur.

     (m) Invalidity of Subordination Provisions. The subordination provisions of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof which is subject to such subordination provisions shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations, for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions.

     Section 7.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall at the request of the Required Banks:

     (a) declare all or any portion of the Commitment of each Bank and the Issuing Bank to make Advances or issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall forthwith be terminated;

     (b) declare all or any portion of the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Advances, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable; without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers; and

     (c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and remedies available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsections 7.1(f), 7.1(g) or 7.1(m)(iv) above (in the case of clause (i) of subsection 7.1(g) upon the expiration of the sixty (60) day period mentioned therein), the obligation of each Bank to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Bank Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without further act of the Agent or any Bank.

     Section 7.3 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

     Section 7.4 Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or this Agreement (or the Revolving Loan Commitment) shall be terminated for any reason, then the Agent, at the request of Banks holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Revolving Loan Commitments (or if there are three or fewer Banks holding Revolving Loan Commitments, at the request of all Banks holding Revolving Loan Commitments) shall, demand

85


 

(which demand shall be deemed to have been delivered automatically upon any acceleration of the Loans and other obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof or upon payment in full of the Term Loans and the Term Loans (Foreign Currency)), and the Borrower shall thereupon deliver to the Agent, to be held for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks entitled thereto, an amount of cash equal to 105% of the amount of Letter of Credit Participation Liability (determined in accordance with subsection 1.1(c) hereof) as additional collateral security for the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any outstanding Bank Letter of Credit and Letter of Credit Participation Agreement. The Agent may at any time upon notice to the Issuing Bank apply any or all of such cash and cash collateral to the payment of any or all of the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Bank Letters of Credit or Letter of Credit Participation Agreements. Pending such application, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) invest the same in an interest bearing account in the Agent’s name, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks entitled thereto, under which deposits are available for immediate withdrawal, at such bank or financial institution as the Agent may, in its discretion, select.

     Section 7.5 Offset. In addition to the remedies set forth in Section 7.2, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and thereafter while the same be continuing, each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes each Bank to set off any Obligations then due and payable owed to such Bank against all deposits (other than tax withholding and payroll accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business) and credits of such Borrower with, and any and all claims of the Borrowers against, such Bank, and to set off any Obligations against all amounts in the Holding Account. Such right shall exist whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand hereunder or under any other Loan Document, whether or not the deposits and credits held for the account of the Borrowers is or are matured or unmatured, and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any collateral, guaranty or any other security, right or remedy available to such Bank or the Banks. Each Bank agrees that, as promptly as is reasonably possible after the exercise of any such setoff right, it shall notify the Borrowers’ Agent of its exercise of such setoff right; provided, however, that the failure of such Bank to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of the exercise of such setoff rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver or prohibition of or restriction on any Bank to all rights of banker’s Lien, setoff and counterclaim available pursuant to law.

ARTICLE VIII

THE AGENT

     The following provisions shall govern the relationship of the Agent with the Banks.

     Section 8.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank appoints and authorizes the Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such respective powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Agent nor the Foreign Currency Funding Agent nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under or in connection with the Loan Documents, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall act as an independent contractor in performing its obligations as Agent hereunder. The duties of the Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding

86


 

Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create any fiduciary relationship among or between the Agent, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent, any Borrower or the Banks.

     Section 8.2 Note Holders. The Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until written notice of transfer shall have been filed with it, signed by such payee and in form satisfactory to the Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent.

     Section 8.3 Consultation With Counsel. The Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

     Section 8.4 Loan Documents. Neither the Agent nor the Syndication Agent nor the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall be responsible to any Bank for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties in any Loan Document or be under a duty to examine or pass upon the validity, effectiveness, genuineness or value of any of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, and the Agent and the Syndication Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and genuine and what they purport to be.

     Section 8.5 USBNA and Affiliates. With respect to its Commitments and the Loans made by it, USBNA and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall have the same rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent consistent with the terms thereof, and USBNA, the Foreign Currency Funding Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower as if it were not the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent.

     Section 8.6 Action by Agent.

     (a) Except as may otherwise be expressly stated in this Agreement, the Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, or with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of, the Loan Documents. The Agent shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Banks, and such instructions shall be binding upon all holders of Notes; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to the Loan Documents or applicable law. The Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper party or parties and to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

87


 

     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each relevant Bank (without requirement of notice to or consent of any such Bank or any Bank Affiliate or any other counterparty to any Rate Contract) to take any action requested by the relevant Borrower having the effect of releasing any collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by Section 6.2 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

     (c) At such time as the Obligations (other than obligations under or in respect of Rate Contract) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments, the collateral for the Obligations shall (without the requirement of notice or consent of any Bank or any Bank Affiliate or any other counterparty to any Rate Contract) be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Agent and each Borrower under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

     Section 8.7 Credit Analysis. Each Bank has made, and shall continue to make, its own independent investigation or evaluation of the operations, business, property and condition, financial and otherwise, of any Borrower in connection with entering into this Agreement and has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Borrower. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither the Agent nor the Syndication Agent nor the Foreign Currency Funding Agent has any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information with respect to such operations, business, property, condition or creditworthiness, whether such information comes into its possession on or before the first Event of Default or at any time thereafter.

     Section 8.8 Notices of Event of Default, Etc. In the event that the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall have acquired actual knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, the Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent hall promptly give notice thereof to the Banks. Neither the Foreign Currency Funding Agent nor the Agent be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to actual defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the account of the Banks, unless the Agent shall have received written notice from a Bank or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”.

     Section 8.9 Indemnification. Each Bank agrees to indemnify the Agent and the Syndication Agent and the Foreign Currency Funding Agent, as Agent and Syndication Agent and Foreign Currency Funding Agent, respectively (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers), ratably according to such Bank’s Total Percentage from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on or incurred by the Agent or the Syndication Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent or the Syndication Agent or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent under the Loan Documents, provided that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,

88


 

penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent’s or the Syndication Agent’s or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No payment by any Bank under this Section shall relieve any Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

     Section 8.10 Payments and Collections. All funds received by the Agent in respect of any payments made by any Borrower on the Term Notes and the Term Notes (Foreign Currency) shall be distributed forthwith by the Agent among the Banks, in like currency and funds as received, ratably according to each Bank’s Term Loan Percentage or Term Loan Percentage (Foreign Currency). All funds received by the Agent in respect of any payments made by any Borrower on the Revolving Notes, Revolving Commitment Fees or Letter of Credit Fees shall be distributed forthwith by the Agent among the Banks, in like currency and funds as received, ratably according to each Bank’s Revolving Percentage. After any Event of Default has occurred, all funds received by the Agent, whether as payments by the Borrowers or as realization on collateral or on any guaranties, shall (except as may otherwise be required by law) be distributed by the Agent in the following order: (a) first to the Agent or any Bank who has incurred unreimbursed costs of collection with respect to any Obligations hereunder, ratably to the Agent and each Bank in the proportion that the costs incurred by the Agent or such Bank bear to the total of all such costs incurred by the Agent and all Banks; (b) next to the Agent for the account of the Banks (in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages) for any unpaid Revolving Commitment Fees or Letter of Credit Fees owing by the Borrowers hereunder; (c) next to the Agent for the account of the Banks (in accordance with their respective Total Percentages) for application to interest on the Notes and any Rate Protection Obligations; (d) next to the Agent for the account of the Banks (in accordance with their respective Total Percentages) for application to principal on the Notes and any Rate Protection Obligations; and (e) last to the Agent to be held in the Holding Account to cover any outstanding Letters of Credit.

     Section 8.11 Sharing of Payments. If any Bank shall receive and retain any payment, voluntary or involuntary, whether by setoff, application of deposit balance or security, or otherwise, in respect of Indebtedness under this Agreement or the Notes in excess of such Bank’s share thereof as determined under this Agreement, then such Bank shall purchase from the other Banks for cash and at face value and without recourse, such participation in the Notes held by such other Banks as shall be necessary to cause such excess payment to be shared ratably as aforesaid with such other Banks; provided, that if such excess payment or part thereof is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Bank, the related purchases from the other Banks shall be rescinded ratably and the purchase price restored as to the portion of such excess payment so recovered, but without interest. Subject to the participation purchase obligation above, each Bank agrees to exercise any and all rights of setoff, counterclaim or banker’s lien first fully against any Notes and participations therein held by such Bank, next to any other Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Bank arising under or pursuant to this Agreement and to any participations held by such Bank in Indebtedness of the Borrowers arising under or pursuant to this Agreement, and only then to any other Indebtedness of any Borrower to such Bank.

     Section 8.12 Advice to Banks. The Agent shall forward to the Banks copies of all notices, financial reports and other communications received hereunder from the Borrowers by it

89


 

as Agent, excluding, however, notices, reports and communications which by the terms hereof are to be furnished by the Borrowers directly to each Bank.

     Section 8.13 Defaulting Bank.

     (a) Remedies Against a Defaulting Bank. In addition to the rights and remedies that may be available to the Agent or the Borrowers under this Agreement or applicable law, if at any time a Bank is a Defaulting Bank such Defaulting Bank’s right to collect Revolving Commitment Fees or to participate in the administration of the Loans, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation, any right to vote in respect of, to consent to or to direct any action or inaction of the Agent or to be taken into account in the calculation of the Required Banks, shall be suspended while such Bank remains a Defaulting Bank; provided, however, that the Commitments of such Bank may not be increased and the period of such Commitments may not be extended without such Bank’s consent. If a Bank is a Defaulting Bank because it has failed to make timely payment to the Agent of any amount required to be paid to the Agent hereunder (without giving effect to any notice or cure periods), in addition to other rights and remedies which the Agent or the Borrowers may have under the immediately preceding provisions or otherwise, the Agent shall be entitled (i) to collect interest from such Defaulting Bank on such delinquent payment for the period from the date on which the payment was due until the date on which the payment is made at the Federal Funds Rate, (ii) to withhold or setoff and to apply in satisfaction of the defaulted payment and any related interest, any amounts otherwise payable to such Defaulting Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document until such defaulted payment and related interest has been paid in full and such default no longer exists and (iii) to bring an action or suit against such Defaulting Bank in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover the defaulted amount and any related interest. Any amounts received by the Agent in respect of a Defaulting Bank’s Loans shall not be paid to such Defaulting Bank and shall be held uninvested by the Agent and either applied against the purchase price of such Loans under the following subsection (b) or paid to such Defaulting Bank upon the default of such Defaulting Bank being cured.

     (b) Purchase from Defaulting Bank. Any Bank that is not a Defaulting Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, in its sole discretion, to acquire all of a Defaulting Bank’s Commitments. If more than one Bank exercises such right, each such Bank shall have the right to acquire such proportion of such Defaulting Bank’s Commitments on a pro rata basis. Upon any such purchase, the Defaulting Bank’s interest in its Loans and its rights hereunder (but not its liability in respect thereof or under the Loan Documents or this Agreement to the extent the same relate to the period prior to the effective date of the purchase) shall terminate on the date of purchase, and the Defaulting Bank shall promptly execute all documents reasonably requested to surrender and transfer such interest to the purchaser thereof subject to and in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 9.6, including an Assignment in form acceptable to the Agent. The purchase price for the Commitments of a Defaulting Bank shall be equal to the amount of the principal balance of the Loans outstanding and owed by the Borrowers to the Defaulting Bank. The purchaser shall pay to the Defaulting Bank in Immediately Available Funds on the date of such purchase the principal of and accrued and unpaid

90


 

interest and fees on the Loans made by such Defaulting Bank hereunder (it being understood that such accrued and unpaid interest and fees may be paid pro rata to the purchasing Bank and the Defaulting Bank by the Agent at a subsequent date upon receipt of payment of such amounts from the Borrowers). Prior to payment of such purchase price to a Defaulting Bank, the Agent shall apply against such purchase price any amounts retained by the Agent pursuant to the last sentence of the immediately preceding subsection (a). The Defaulting Bank shall be entitled to receive amounts owed to it by the Borrowers under the Loan Documents which accrued prior to the date of the default by the Defaulting Bank, to the extent the same are received by the Agent from or on behalf of the Borrowers. There shall be no recourse against any Bank or the Agent for the payment of such sums except to the extent of the receipt of payments from any other party or in respect of the Loans.

     Section 8.14 Resignation. If at any time USBNA or the Foreign Currency Funding Agent shall deem it advisable, in its sole discretion, it may submit to each of the Banks and the Borrowers’ Agent a written notification of its resignation as such the relevant agent under this Agreement, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor agent, but in no event later than 30 days from the date of such notice. Upon submission of such notice, the Required Banks may appoint a successor Agent or Foreign Currency Funding Agent, but if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing then such appointment shall be subject to the consent of the Company not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     Section 8.15 Co-Agent; Syndication Agent. Comerica Bank has been designated by the Company as “Syndication Agent” under this Agreement. Other than its rights and remedies as a Bank hereunder, the Syndication Agent shall have no administrative, collateral or other rights or responsibilities, provided, however, that Syndication Agent shall be entitled to the benefits afforded to the Agent under Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.7 and 8.9 hereof.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 9.1 Modifications. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Borrowers; provided that no amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure therefrom by any Borrower or other party thereto shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Banks, and then such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. (The Agent may enter into amendments or modifications of, and grant consents and waivers to departure from the provisions of, those Loan Documents to which the Banks are not signatories without the Banks joining therein, provided the Agent has first obtained the separate prior written consent to such amendment, modification, consent or waiver from the Required Banks.) Notwithstanding the forgoing, no such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall:

     (a) Reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon (other than the waiver of additional interest or fees during an Event of Default, which shall only

91


 

require the consent of the Required Banks), or reduce the amount of the principal thereof, or modify any of the provisions of any Note with respect to the payment or repayment thereof (other than the postponement or delay of the date on which any mandatory prepayment, is required to be made under Sections 2.8(b), (c) or (d), which shall only require the consent of the Required Banks), without the consent of the holder of each Note so affected; or

     (b) Increase the amount or extend the time of any Commitment of any Bank, without the consent of such Bank; or

     (c) Reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of any fee payable to a Bank, without the consent of the Bank affected; or

     (d) Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in any of the other Loan Documents, release any material portion of collateral securing, or any guaranties for, all or any part of the Obligations without the consent of all the Banks; or

     (e) Amend the definition of Required Banks or otherwise reduce the percentage of the Banks required to approve or effectuate any such amendment, modification, waiver, or consent, without the consent of all the Banks; or

     (f) Amend any of the foregoing Sections 9.1 (a) through (e) or this Section 9.1 (f) without the consent of all the Banks; or

     (g) Amend any provision of this Agreement relating to the Agent in its capacity as Agent without the consent of the Agent; or

     (h) Amend any provision of this Agreement relating to the issuance of Letters of Credit without the consent of the Agent.

     Section 9.2 Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrowers agree to reimburse the Agent and the Syndication Agent (within 10 days of demand, or, if an Event of Default is continuing, immediately upon demand) demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses paid or incurred by the Agent and the Syndication Agent including filing and recording costs and fees and expenses of outside counsel to the Agent and outside counsel to the Syndication Agent (determined on the basis of such counsels’ generally applicable rates, which may be higher than the rates such counsel charges the Agent or the Syndication Agent in certain matters) and/or the allocated costs of in-house counsel incurred from time to time during the continuation of an Event of Default, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, approval, review, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any commitment letters relating thereto, together with such expenses incurred by the Agent or the Syndication Agent (and its respective counsel) with respect to the administration, amendment, modification and interpretation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrowers shall also reimburse the Agent and each Bank upon demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including expenses of legal counsel) paid or incurred by the Agent or any Bank in connection with the collection and enforcement of this Agreement and any other Loan Document. The obligations of the Borrowers under this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

92


 

     Section 9.3 Waivers, etc. No failure on the part of the Agent or the holder of a Note to exercise and no delay in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. The remedies herein and in the other Loan Documents provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

     Section 9.4 Notices. Except when telephonic notice is expressly authorized by this Agreement, any notice or other communication to any party in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual delivery, facsimile transmission, overnight courier or United States mail (postage prepaid) addressed to such party at the address specified on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party shall have specified to the other party hereto in writing. All periods of notice shall be measured from the date of delivery thereof if manually delivered, from the date of sending thereof if sent by facsimile transmission, from the first Business Day after the date of sending if sent by overnight courier, or from four days after the date of mailing if mailed; provided, however, that any notice to the Agent or any Bank under Article II hereof shall be deemed to have been given only when received by the Agent or such Bank.

     Section 9.5 Taxes. The Borrowers agree to pay, and save the Agent and the Banks harmless from all liability for, any stamp or other taxes which may be payable with respect to the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the issuance of the Notes, which obligation of the Borrowers shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

     Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Banks.

     (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers, the Agent, the Banks, all future holders of the Notes, and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrowers may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Bank.

     (b) Any Bank may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other financial institutions (“Participants”) participating interests in any Revolving Loan or Term Loan or Term Loan (Foreign Currency) or other Obligation owing to such Bank, any Revolving Note or Term Note or Term Note (Foreign Currency) held by such Bank, and any Revolving Commitment or Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) of such Bank, or any other interest of such Bank hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Bank of participating interests to a Participant, (i) such Bank’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, (iii) such Bank shall remain the holder of any such Revolving Note or Term Note or Term Note (Foreign Currency) for all purposes under this Agreement, (iv) the Borrowers, the Borrowers’ Agent and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and (v) the agreement pursuant to which such Participant acquires its

93


 

participating interest herein shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the Obligations, including, without limitation the right to consent or agree to any amendment, modification, consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided that such agreement may provide that such Bank will not consent or agree to any such amendment, modification, consent or waiver with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 9.1(a)-(e) without the prior consent of such Participant. Each Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement, the Revolving Notes, the Term Notes, the Term Notes (Foreign Currency) and the Loan Documents are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the right of setoff in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and any Revolving Note, Term Note, Term Note (Foreign Currency) or other Loan Document to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Bank under this Agreement or any Revolving Note or Term Note or Term Note (Foreign Currency) or other Loan Document; provided, that such right of setoff shall be subject to the obligation of such Participant to share with the Banks, and the Banks agree to share with such Participant, as provided in Section 8.11. Each Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.21, 2.22, 2.23, 2.24 and 9.2 with respect to its participation in the Revolving Commitments, Term Loan Commitments, Term Loan Commitments (Foreign Currency), Revolving Loans, Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and Term Loans; provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such subsections than the transferor Bank would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Bank to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

     (c) Each Bank may, from time to time, with the consent of the Agent and the Borrowers’ Agent (neither of which consents shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then consent of the Borrowers’ Agent shall not be required), assign to other lenders (“Assignees”) all or part of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any Loan Document evidenced by any Revolving Note in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 then held by that Bank, together with equivalent Dollar Amount proportions of its Revolving Commitment, any Term Note, and any Term Note (Foreign Currency) then held by that Bank and its Term Loan Commitment and Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) pursuant to written agreements executed by such assigning Bank, such Assignee(s), the Borrowers and the Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit 9.6, which agreements shall specify in each instance the portion of the Obligations evidenced by the Revolving Notes and Term Notes and Term Notes (Foreign Currency) which is to be assigned to each Assignee and the portion of the Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment and Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) of such Bank to be assumed by each Assignee (each, an “Assignment Agreement”); provided, however, that the assigning Bank must pay to the Agent a processing and recordation fee of $5,000 per assignment. Upon the execution of each Assignment Agreement by the assigning Bank, the relevant Assignee, the Borrowers and the Agent, payment to the assigning Bank by such Assignee of the purchase price for the portion of the Obligations being acquired by it and receipt by the Borrowers’ Agent of a copy of the relevant Assignment Agreement, (x) such Assignee lender shall

94


 

thereupon become a “Bank” for all purposes of this Agreement with a ratable share of the Revolving Commitment and a Term Loan Commitment and a Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency) in the amount set forth in such Assignment Agreement and with all the rights, powers and obligations afforded a Bank under this Agreement, (y) such assigning Bank shall have no further liability for funding the portion of its Commitment assumed by such Assignee and (z) the address for notices to such Assignee shall be as specified in the Assignment Agreement executed by it. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of each Assignment Agreement, the assigning Bank shall surrender to the Agent the Revolving Note and Term Note and a Term Note (Foreign Currency) a portion of which is being assigned, and the Borrowers shall execute and deliver a Revolving Note and Term Note and a Term Note (Foreign Currency) to the Assignee in the amount of its Revolving Commitment and its Term Loan Commitment and its Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency), respectively, and a new Revolving Note and Term Note and Term Note (Foreign Currency) to the assigning Bank in the amount of its Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment and Term Loan Commitment (Foreign Currency), respectively, after giving effect to the reduction occasioned by such assignment, all such Notes to constitute “Revolving Notes” and “Term Notes” and “Term Notes (Foreign Currency)” for all purposes of this Agreement and of the other Loan Documents.

     (d) The Borrowers shall not be liable for any costs incurred by the Banks in effecting any participation under subparagraph (b) of this subsection or by the Banks in effecting any assignment under subparagraph (c) of this subsection except with respect to the Agent as provided in this Section 9.6.

     (e) Each Bank may disclose to any Assignee or Participant and to any prospective Assignee or Participant any and all financial information in such Bank’s possession concerning the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (if any) which has been delivered to such Bank by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Bank by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with such Bank’s credit evaluation of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries prior to entering into this Agreement, provided that prior to disclosing such information, such Bank shall first obtain the agreement of such prospective Assignee or Participant to comply with the provisions of Section 9.7.

     (f) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Bank may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement and any note held by it in favor of any federal reserve bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board or U. S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR § 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

     Section 9.7 Confidentiality of Information. The Agent and each Bank shall use reasonable efforts to assure that information about the Borrowers and their operations, affairs and financial condition, not generally disclosed to the public or to trade and other creditors, which is furnished to the Agent or such Bank pursuant to the provisions hereof is used only for the

95


 

purposes of this Agreement and any other relationship between any Bank and any Borrower and shall not be divulged to any Person other than the Banks, their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, except: (a) to their attorneys and accountants, (b) in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Agent or the Banks under the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with applicable litigation, (c) in connection with assignments and participations and the solicitation of prospective assignees and participants referred to in the immediately preceding Section, (d) if such information is generally available to the public other then as a result of disclosure by the Agent or a Bank, (e) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any hedging arrangement or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor, (f) to any nationally recognized rating agency that requires information about a Bank’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Bank, and (g) as may otherwise be required or requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Agent or any Bank or by any applicable law, rule, regulation or judicial process that, in the opinion of the Agent or such Bank’s counsel, is binding on the parties hereto. Neither the Agent nor any Bank shall incur any liability to any Borrower by reason of any disclosure permitted by this Section 9.7.

     Section 9.8 Governing Law and Construction. THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other statement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under such applicable law, but, if any provision of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other statement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto shall be held to be prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other statement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto.

     Section 9.9 Consent to Jurisdiction. AT THE OPTION OF THE AGENT, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER BORROWER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY; AND EACH BORROWER CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT ANY BORROWER COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE AGENT AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

96


 

     Section 9.10 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH BORROWER , THE AGENT AND EACH BANK IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

     Section 9.11 Survival of Agreement. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreement made by each Borrower herein or in the other Borrower Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks and shall survive the making of the Loans by the Banks and the execution and delivery to the Banks by the Borrowers of the Notes, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Banks, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Obligation (other than, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, inchoate indemnification Obligations) is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated; provided, however, that the obligations of the Borrowers under Section 9.2, 9.5 and 9.12 shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.

     Section 9.12 Indemnification. The Borrowers hereby agree to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and the Banks and their respective Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents of the Agent and the Banks and their respective Affiliates (each of the foregoing being an “Indemnitee” and all of the foregoing being collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all third party claims, actions, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel which may be incurred in the investigation or defense of any matter) imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee, whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations (including securities laws, environmental laws, commercial laws and regulations), under common law or on equitable cause, or on contract or otherwise:

     (a) by reason of, relating to or in connection with the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of any Loan Document, any commitments relating thereto, or any transaction contemplated by any Loan Document; or

     (b) by reason of, relating to or in connection with any credit extended or used under the Loan Documents or any act done or omitted by any Person, or the exercise of any rights or remedies thereunder, including the acquisition of any collateral by the Banks by way of foreclosure of the Lien thereon, deed or bill of sale in lieu of such foreclosure or otherwise;

provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any portion of such claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from such Indemnitee’s or its officer’s, director’s, employee’s or agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the event this indemnity is unenforceable as a matter of law as to a particular matter or consequence referred to herein, it shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

97


 

     This indemnification applies, without limitation, to any act, omission, event or circumstance existing or occurring on or prior to the later of the Termination Date or the date of payment in full of the Obligations, including specifically Obligations arising under clause (b) of this Section. The indemnification provisions set forth above shall be in addition to any liability any Borrower may otherwise have. Without prejudice to the survival of any other obligation of the Borrowers hereunder the indemnities and obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section shall survive the payment in full of the other Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be liable for any indemnity applicable to the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

     Section 9.13 Captions. The captions or headings herein and any table of contents hereto are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Agreement.

     Section 9.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Borrower Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrowers, the Agent and the Banks with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Persons other than the parties hereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder or thereunder.

     Section 9.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

     Section 9.16 Borrower Acknowledgments. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) neither the Agent nor any Bank has any fiduciary relationship to such Borrower, the relationship being solely that of debtor and creditor, (c) no joint venture exists between such Borrower and the Agent or any Bank, and (d) neither the Agent nor any Bank undertakes any responsibility to such Borrower to review or inform such Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of the business or operations of such Borrower and such Borrower shall rely entirely upon its own judgment with respect to its business, and any review, inspection or supervision of, or information supplied to, the Borrowers by the Agent or any Bank is for the protection of the Banks and neither such Borrower nor any third party is entitled to rely thereon.

     Section 9.17 Appointment of and Acceptance by Borrowers’ Agent. Each of the Borrowers hereby appoints and authorizes the Borrowers’ Agent to take such action as its agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Borrowers’ Agent by the terms thereof, together with such power that are reasonably incidental thereto, and the Borrowers’ Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

98


 

     Section 9.18 Relationship Among Borrowers.

     (a) Waivers of Defenses. The obligations of the Borrowers hereunder shall not be released, in whole or in part, by any action or thing which might, but for this provision of this Agreement, be deemed a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, other than irrevocable payment and performance in full of the Obligations (except for contingent indemnity and other contingent Obligations not yet due and payable) at a time after any obligation of the Banks hereunder to make the Term Loans, Term Loans (Foreign Currency) and Revolving Loans and of the Agent to issue Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and all outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired or the liability of the Agent thereon shall have otherwise been discharged. The purpose and intent of this Agreement is that the Obligations constitute the direct and primary obligations of each Borrower and that the covenants, agreements and all obligations of each Borrower hereunder be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable. Each Borrower shall be and remain liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any mortgage, deed of trust or security agreement securing all or any part of the Obligations, whether or not the liability of any other Person for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute, judicial decision or otherwise.

     (b) Other Transactions. The Banks and the Agent are expressly authorized to exchange, surrender or release with or without consideration any or all collateral and security which may at any time be placed with it by the Borrowers or by any other Person on behalf of the Borrowers, or to forward or deliver any or all such collateral and security directly to the Borrowers for collection and remittance or for credit. No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any security for the Obligations or other recourse with respect thereto shall affect, impair or be a defense to the Borrowers’ obligations under this Agreement. The liabilities of each Borrower hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by any failure, delay, neglect or omission on the part of any Bank or the Agent to realize upon any of the Obligations of any other Borrower to the Banks or the Agent, or upon any collateral or security for any or all of the Obligations, nor by the taking by any Bank or the Agent of (or the failure to take) any guaranty or guaranties to secure the Obligations, nor by the taking by any Bank or the Agent of (or the failure to take or the failure to perfect its security interest in or other lien on) collateral or security of any kind. No act or omission of any Bank or the Agent, whether or not such action or failure to act varies or increases the risk of, or affects the rights or remedies of a Borrower, shall affect or impair the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder.

     (c) Actions Not Required. Each Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives any and all right to cause a marshaling of the assets of any other Borrower or any other action by any court or other governmental body with respect thereto or to cause any Bank or the Agent to proceed against any security for the Obligations or any other recourse which any Bank or the Agent may have with respect thereto and further waives any and all requirements that any Bank or the Agent institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or obtain any judgment, against any other Borrower or any other Person, or with respect to any collateral security for the Obligations, as a condition precedent to making demand on or bringing an action or obtaining and/or enforcing a judgment against, such Borrower under this Agreement.

99


 

     (d) No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Borrower hereunder or any setoff or application of funds of any Borrower by any Bank or the Agent, such Borrower shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of any Bank or the Agent against any other Borrower or any other guarantor or any collateral security or guaranty or right of offset held by any Bank or the Agent for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall such Borrower seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from any other Borrower or any other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Borrower hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Banks and the Agent by the Borrowers on account of the Obligations are irrevocably paid in full (with the exception of contingent indemnity obligations). If any amount shall be paid to a Borrower on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been irrevocably paid in full (with the exception of contingent indemnity obligations), such amount shall be held by that Borrower in trust for the Banks and the Agent, segregated from other funds of that Borrower, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Borrower, be turned over to the Agent in the exact form received by the Borrower (duly indorsed by the Borrower to the Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Agent may determine.

     (e) Application of Payments. Any and all payments upon the Obligations made by the Borrowers or by any other Person, and/or the proceeds of any or all collateral or security for any of the Obligations, may be applied by the Banks on such items of the Obligations as the Banks may elect.

     (f) Recovery of Payment. If any payment received by the Banks or the Agent and applied to the Obligations is subsequently set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of a Borrower or any other obligor), the Obligations to which such payment was applied shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application, and each Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for such Obligations as fully as if such application had never been made. References in this Agreement to amounts “irrevocably paid” or to “irrevocable payment” refer to payments that cannot be set aside, recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason.

     (g) Borrowers’ Financial Condition. Each Borrower is familiar with the financial condition of the other Borrowers, and each Borrower has executed and delivered this Agreement based on that Borrower’s own judgment and not in reliance upon any statement or representation of the Banks or the Agent. The Banks and the Agent shall have no obligation to provide any Borrower with any advice whatsoever or to inform any Borrower at any time of the Bank’s actions, evaluations or conclusions on the financial condition or any other matter concerning the Borrowers.

     (h) Bankruptcy of the Borrowers. Each Borrower expressly agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the liabilities and obligations of that Borrower under this Agreement shall not in any way be impaired or otherwise affected by the institution by or against any other Borrower or any other Person of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or any other similar proceedings for

100


 

relief under any bankruptcy law or similar law for the relief of debtors and that any discharge of any of the Obligations pursuant to any such bankruptcy or similar law or other law shall not diminish, discharge or otherwise affect in any way the obligations of that Borrower under this Agreement, and that upon the institution of any of the above actions, such obligations shall be enforceable against that Borrower.

     (i) Limitation; Insolvency Laws. As used in this subsection 9.18(i): (a) the term “Applicable Insolvency Laws” means the laws of the United States of America or of any State, province, nation or other governmental unit relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, fraudulent transfers or conveyances or other similar laws (including, without limitation, 11 U. S. C. §547, §548, §550 and other “avoidance” provisions of Title 11 of the United Stated Code) as applicable in any proceeding in which the validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement against any Borrower, or any Specified Lien is in issue; and (b) “Specified Lien” means any security interest, mortgage, lien or encumbrance granted by any Borrower securing the Obligations, in whole or in part. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if, in any proceeding, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that with respect to any Borrower, this Agreement or any Specified Lien would, but for the operation of this Section, be subject to avoidance and/or recovery or be unenforceable by reason of Applicable Insolvency Laws, this Agreement and each such Specified Lien shall be valid and enforceable against such Borrower, only to the maximum extent that would not cause this Agreement or such Specified Lien to be subject to avoidance, recovery or unenforceability. To the extent that any payment to, or realization by, the Banks or the Agent on the Obligations exceeds the limitations of this Section and is otherwise subject to avoidance and recovery in any such proceeding, the amount subject to avoidance shall in all events be limited to the amount by which such actual payment or realization exceeds such limitation, and this Agreement as limited shall in all events remain in full force and effect and be fully enforceable against such Borrower. This Section is intended solely to reserve the rights of the Banks and the Agent hereunder against each Borrower, in such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Insolvency Laws and neither the Borrowers, any guarantor of the Obligations nor any other Person shall have any right, claim or defense under this Section that would not otherwise be available under Applicable Insolvency Laws in such proceeding.

     Section 9.19 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Bank holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Bank in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest

101


 

thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Bank.

     Section 9.20 Currency Indemnity. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (the “Judgment Currency”) any amount due under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the “Currency Due”), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose, “rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Agent is able, on the relevant date, to purchase the Currency Due with the Judgment Currency in accordance with its normal practice at its office in Minneapolis, Minnesota. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of receipt by the Agent of the amount due, the relevant Borrower will, on the date of receipt by the relevant Administrative Agent, pay such additional amounts, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount received by the Agent on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt by the Agent is the amount then due under this Agreement or such other Loan Document in the Currency Due. If the amount of the Currency Due which the Agent is so able to purchase is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the relevant Borrower shall indemnify and save the Agent and the relevant Banks harmless from and against all loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Agent or any Bank from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or under any judgment or order.

[Signature Pages follow.]

102


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

         
    COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
Address:
       
6530 Campus Way
       
New Albany, Ohio 43054
       
Fax: (614) 289-5371
       
Attention: Jeff Vogel
       
    COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    NATIONAL SEATING COMPANY
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    TRIM SYSTEMS OPERATING CORP.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    TRIM SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 1


 

         
    TEMPRESS, INC.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    CVS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    TRIM SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 2


 

         
    FOREIGN CURRENCY BORROWERS:
 
       
    COMMERCIAL VEHICLE SYSTEMS LIMITED
 
       
  By   /s/ Mervin Dunn
     
 
 
       
    Title President & CEO
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    KAB SEATING LIMITED
 
       
  By   /s/ Mervin Dunn
     
 
 
       
    Title President & CEO
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    BOSTROM LIMITED
 
       
  By   /s/ Mervin Dunn
     
 
 
       
    Title President & CEO
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
    Title CFO

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 3


 

         
    BOSTROM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
 
       
  By   /s/ Mervin Dunn
     
 
 
       
    Title President & CEO
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO
 
       
    CVS HOLDINGS LIMITED
 
       
  By   /s/ Mervin Dunn
     
 
 
       
    Title President & CEO
 
       
  By   /s/ Chad M. Utrup
     
 
 
       
    Title CFO

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 4


 

         
    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
       
  By   /s/ [Illegible]
     
 
 
       
    Title Senior Vice President
 
       
    In its individual corporate capacity and as Agent
    Address:
    800 Nicollet Mall
    Minneapolis, MN 55402
    Fax: 612-303-2258
    Attention: Robert A. Rosati

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 5


 

         
    COMERICA BANK
 
       
  By   /s/ [Illegible]
     
 
 
       
    Title Vice President
 
       
    Address:
    Comerica Tower
    500 Woodward Avenue
    Detroit, Michigan 48226
    Fax: 313-222-3389
    Attention: Matthew T. Breight

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement]

S - 6


 

Schedule 1.1(b)
to Revolving Credit and
Term Loan Agreement

COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

                     
                    Term Loan
    Revolving   Term Loan   Commitment
    Commitment   Commitment   Amount (Foreign
Bank
  Amount
  Amount
  Currency)
U.S. Bank National Association
  $ 20,000,000     $ 26,000,000     £3,526,858.35
Comerica Bank
  $ 20,000,000     $ 26,000,000     £3,526,858.35

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION COPY

9,250,000 Shares

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

August 4, 2004

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC,
  As Representative of the Several Underwriters,
   NEleven Madison Avenue,
    New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

     1.  Introductory . Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”) proposes to issue and sell 3,125,000 shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Securities ”), and the stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto (“ Selling Stockholders ”) propose severally to sell an aggregate of 6,125,000 outstanding shares of the Securities (such 9,250,000 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Securities ”), to the Underwriters (as defined below), for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 1,387,500 additional shares of its Securities as set forth below (such 1,387,500 additional shares being hereinafter referred to as the " Optional Securities ”). The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”. As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (the “ Designated Underwriter" ) has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Securities purchased by it under this Agreement, up to 462,500 shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, “ Participants" ), as set forth in the Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program" ). The Firm Securities to be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares" ) will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not subscribed for by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the several Underwriters named in Schedule B hereto (“ Underwriters ”) as follows:

 


 

     2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders . (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

     (i) A registration statement (No. 333-115708) relating to the Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Commission ”) and either (A) has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (“ Act ”) and is not proposed to be amended or (B) is proposed to be amended by amendment or post-effective amendment. If such registration statement (the “ initial registration statement ”) has been declared effective, either (A) an additional registration statement (the “ additional registration statement ”) relating to the Offered Securities may have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) (“ Rule 462(b) ”) under the Act and, if so filed, has become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and the Offered Securities all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and, if applicable, the additional registration statement or (B) such an additional registration statement is proposed to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and will become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and upon such filing the Offered Securities will all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional registration statement. If the Company does not propose to amend the initial registration statement or if an additional registration statement has been filed and the Company does not propose to amend it, and if any post-effective amendment to either such registration statement has been filed with the Commission prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent amendment (if any) to each such registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c) (“ Rule 462(c)”) under the Act or, in the case of the additional registration statement, Rule 462(b). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” with respect to the initial registration statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the additional registration statement means (A) if the Company has advised the Representative that it does not propose to amend such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto (if any) filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c), or (B) if the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file an amendment or post-effective amendment to such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, as amended by such amendment or post-effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared effective by the Commission. If an additional registration statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such additional registration statement means the date and time as of which such registration statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b). “ Effective Date ” with respect to the initial registration statement or the additional registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time thereof. The initial registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including all information contained in the additional registration statement (if any) and deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of the Effective Time of the additional registration statement pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) (“ Rule 430A(b) ”) under the Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Initial Registration Statement ”. The additional registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time,

2


 

including the contents of the initial registration statement incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Additional Registration Statement ”. The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and individually as a “ Registration Statement ”. The form of prospectus relating to the Offered Securities, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) under the Act or (if no such filing is required) as included in a Registration Statement, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”. No document has been or will be prepared or distributed in reliance on Rule 434 under the Act.

     (ii) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission (“ Rules and Regulations ”) and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed or will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and no Additional Registration Statement has been or will be filed. The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 7(c) hereof, or relating to the Selling Stockholders, furnished in writing to the Company by a Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein.

3


 

     (iii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

     (iv) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects (other than transfer restrictions imposed under applicable securities laws).

     (v) The entities listed on Schedule C hereto are the only subsidiaries of the Company.

     (vi) No subsidiary, other than the subsidiaries indicated as “significant subsidiaries” on Schedule C hereto, as of December 31, 2003, was a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X under the Act.

     (vii) The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities.

     (viii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

     (ix) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being

4


 

registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act that have not otherwise been complied with or waived.

     (x) The Securities have been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on The Nasdaq National Market.

     (xi) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), and such as may be required under state securities laws or rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”).

     (xii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (a) any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or (b) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or (c) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any such subsidiary, other than, in the case of (a) and (b), conflicts or breaches that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xiii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

     (xiv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects the enforcement of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them and no material default has occurred or is continuing under any material lease to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party.

     (xv) The Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate certificates, authorizations or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except for such certificates, authorizations or permits the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

5


 

     (xvi) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xvii) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “ intellectual property rights ”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xviii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

     (xix) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated.

     (xx) The financial statements, together with related notes, included in each Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; and the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.

     (xxi) Each of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific

6


 

authorizations; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

     (xxii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

     (xxiii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     (xxiv) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

     (xxv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) The minimum funding standard under Section 302 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”), has been satisfied by each “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which has been established or maintained by the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, each plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code is so qualified; (B) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under Section 515 of ERISA; (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains or is required to contribute to a “welfare plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provides retiree or other post-employment welfare benefits or insurance coverage (other than “continuation coverage” (as defined in Section 602 of ERISA)); (D) each pension plan and welfare plan established or maintained by the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries is in compliance with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; and (E) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred or could reasonably be expected to incur any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, any liability under Section 4062, 4063, or 4064 of ERISA, or any other liability under Title IV of ERISA.

     (xxvi) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated

7


 

in connection therewith (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, to the extent such sections are applicable.

     (xxvii) Furthermore, the Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters that (i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities law and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.

     (xxviii) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Offered Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

     (b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

     (i) Such Selling Stockholder has and on each Closing Date hereinafter mentioned will have valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder on each Closing Date hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date.

     (ii) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

     (iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by such Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Exchange Act and such as may be required under state securities laws or the rules of the NASD.

8


 

     (iv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

     (v) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. This paragraph 2(b)(v) applies only to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus that relate to such Selling Stockholder and are based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein.

     (vi) The sale of the Offered Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

     (vii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

     3.  Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $12.1225 per share, that number of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (“ CSFB ”) in its discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying 3,125,000 Firm Securities in the case of the Company and the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule A hereto, in the case of a Selling Stockholder, in each case by a fraction

9


 

the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Securities.

     Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-1 (the “ Custodial Selling Stockholders ”) hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements (the “ Custody Agreements ”) made with Hidden Creek Industries, as custodian (“ Custodian ”). The Selling Stockholders other than the Custodial Selling Stockholders (the “ Onex Selling Stockholders ”) have entered into an irrevocable power of attorney appointing Onex American Holdings II LLC as attorney-in-fact for each Onex Selling Stockholder, with full power and authority to act in the name of and for and on behalf of each such Onex Selling Stockholder with respect to all matters arising in connection with the sale of Securities by each such Onex Selling Stockholder.

     Each Custodial Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Custodial Selling Stockholders under such Custody Agreements are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Custodial Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Custodial Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Custodial Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If any individual Custodial Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

     The Company, the Custodian and the Onex Selling Stockholders will deliver the Firm Securities to the Representative for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company in the case of 3,125,000 shares of Firm Securities, the Custodian in the case of 2,300,297 shares of Firm Securities and Onex American Holdings II LLC in the case of 3,824,703 shares of Firm Securities, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on August 10, 2004, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as CSFB and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The certificates for the Firm Securities so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

     In addition, upon written notice from CSFB given to the Company from time to time (not to exceed three times) not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per

10


 

Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from the Company for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by CSFB to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time (not to exceed three times) and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by CSFB to the Company and the Selling Stockholders.

     Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by CSFB but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased from the Company on each Optional Closing Date to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company with respect to the Optional Securities being so purchased on such Optional Closing Date, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The certificates for the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests upon reasonable notice prior to such Optional Closing Date and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

     4.  Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

     5.  Certain Agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders . The Company agrees with the several Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that:

     (a) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by CSFB, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement.

     The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b). If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and an additional registration statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such execution and delivery, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-

11


 

effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB.

     (b) The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement the initial or any additional registration statement as filed or the related prospectus or the Initial Registration Statement, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) or the Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without CSFB’s consent; and the Company will also advise CSFB promptly of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and of any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or the Prospectus and of the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

     (c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify CSFB of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither CSFB’s consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.

     (d) As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “ Availability Date ” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

     (e) The Company will furnish to the Representative copies of each Registration Statement (four of which will be signed and one of which will include all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as CSFB reasonably requests. The Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the later of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. All other such

12


 

documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

     (f) The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business, consent to service of process or become subject to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it has not already done so.

     (g) During the period of three years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representative and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representative (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as CSFB may reasonably request.

     (h) For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any additional shares of its Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of CSFB. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “ Public Offering Date ”) or such earlier date that CSFB consents to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case, the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension. Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this paragraph 5(h). Any Securities acquired in the open market or in the Directed Share Program, and any Securities sold in the Offering pursuant to this Agreement, will not be subject to this paragraph 5(h). A transfer of Securities to a family member, trust or controlled affiliate may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this paragraph 5(h). In addition, the Company may transfer Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities pursuant to a sale of 100% of the outstanding Securities (including, without limitation, in connection with a tender offer for such Securities or by way of merger of the Company with another person) to a third party or group of third parties that are not affiliates of the Company, provided that the third party or group of third parties agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein until such time as such third party or group of third parties has acquired 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company.

13


 

     (i) The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree with the several Underwriters that the Company and such Selling Stockholder will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, under this Agreement; the Company will pay for any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and the printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing fee incident to the review by the NASD of the Offered Securities, for any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities and for expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and each Selling Stockholder will pay for any transfer taxes on the sale by such Selling Stockholder of the Offered Securities to the Underwriters. Nothing in this paragraph 5(i) amends or otherwise alters any existing agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to responsibilities for expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities.

     (j) In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Designated Underwriter will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.

     (k) The Company will pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

     Furthermore, the Company covenants with the Underwriters that the Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

     6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to the accuracy in all material respects of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance in all material respects by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

     (a) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to such Effective Time), of Deloitte & Touche LLP

14


 

confirming that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations thereunder and stating to the effect that:

     (i) in their opinion the financial statements and schedules examined by them and included in the Registration Statements comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations;

     (ii) they have performed the procedures specified by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for a review of interim financial information as described in Statement of Auditing Standards No. 100, Interim Financial Information, on the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements;

     (iii) on the basis of the review referred to in clause (ii) above, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

     (A) the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations or any material modifications should be made to such unaudited financial statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

     (B) at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, or at a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there was any change in the capital stock or any increase in total debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or, at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, there was any decrease in consolidated total assets, as compared with amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus; or

     (C) for the period from the closing date of the latest income statement included in the Prospectus to the closing date of the latest available income statement read by such accountants, or to a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the previous year, in consolidated revenue or net operating income in the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income;

     except in all cases set forth in clauses (B) and (C) above for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

     (iv) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other financial information contained in the Registration

15


 

Statements (in each case to the extent that such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries subject to the internal controls of the Company’s accounting system or are derived directly from such records by analysis or computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a reading of such general accounting records and other procedures specified in such letter and have found such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information to be in agreement with such results, except as otherwise specified in such letter.

For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “ Registration Statements ” shall mean the initial registration statement as proposed to be amended by the amendment or post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is subsequent to such execution and delivery, “ Registration Statements ” shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be amended by the post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, and (iii) “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in the Registration Statements.

     (b) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Selling Stockholder, the Company or the Representative, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

     (c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as one enterprise which, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating); (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political

16


 

or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls as would, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, be likely to prejudice materially the success of the proposed issue, sale or distribution of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any material suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by U.S. Federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities or clearance services in the United States or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities.

     (d) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

     (e) If such Closing Date is the First Closing Date, the Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-2, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

     (f) If such Closing Date is the First Closing Date, the Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kaye Scholer LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-3, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

     (g) If such Closing Date is the First Closing Date, the Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, counsel for ASC Incorporated, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

     (h) The Representative shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date, the Registration Statements, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may require, and the Selling Stockholders and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

     (i) The Representative shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of the President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule

17


 

462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the Act, prior to the time the Prospectus was printed and distributed to any Underwriter; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.

     (j) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated such Closing Date, of Deloitte & Touche LLP which meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to in such subsection will be a date not more than three days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.

     (k) The Representative shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, from Chad M. Utrup, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

     (l) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received lock-up letters from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company and each existing stockholder of the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

     (m) The Custodian will deliver to CSFB a letter stating that they will deliver to each Custodial Selling Stockholder a United States Treasury Department Form 1099 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the United States Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) on or before January 31 of the year following the date of this Agreement.

The Selling Stockholders and the Company will furnish the Representative with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representative reasonably requests. CSFB may in its sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

     7.  Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with (a) written information furnished to the

18


 

Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein or (b) written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Stockholders specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

     The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “ Designated Entities ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.

     (b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors and officers and each person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

     (c) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not

19


 

misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and each Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the fourth, seventh, fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth paragraphs, and the last two sentences in the eighth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

     (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section or Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 9, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 9. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section or Section 9, as the case may be, for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 7 (a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Designated Underwriter for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who control the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such (i) settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

     (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a

20


 

result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering actually received by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or to contribute any amount in respect of losses, claims, damages or liabilities that it would not be obligated to indemnify under Section 7(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

     (f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section or Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or the QIU (as hereinafter defined) within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed a Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

     (g) The aggregate liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net

21


 

proceeds from the offering of the Securities provided hereunder actually received by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.

     8.  Default of Underwriters . If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, CSFB may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to CSFB, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

     9.  Qualified Independent Underwriter. The Company hereby confirms that at its request CSFB has without compensation acted as “qualified independent underwriter” (in such capacity, the “ QIU ”) within the meaning of Rule 2710 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the QIU against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the QIU may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU’s acting (or alleged failing to act) as such “qualified independent underwriter” and will reimburse the QIU for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the QIU in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

     10.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the several Selling Stockholders, of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to Section 5 and the respective obligations of

22


 

the Company, the Selling Stockholders, and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect, and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of Section 6(c), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.

     11.  Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to the Representative at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010-3629, Attention: Transactions Advisory Group, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to it at Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., 6530 West Campus Way, New Albany, Ohio 43054, Attention: Mervin Dunn, President and Chief Executive Officer, or, if sent to the Selling Stockholders or any of them, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to each of them at its respective address set forth on Schedule A hereto; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

     12.  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives and successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

     13.  Representation . The Representative will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. Hidden Creek Industries will act for the Custodial Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by Hidden Creek Industries will be binding upon all the Custodial Selling Stockholders. Onex American Holdings II LLC will act for the Onex Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by Onex American Holdings II LLC will be binding upon all the Onex Selling Stockholders.

     14.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

      15.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

     The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

23


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representative’s understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Stockholders, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                 
    Very truly yours,
 
               
        COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Chad M. Utrup
             
 
              Name: Chad M. Utrup
              Title: Vice President & CFO
 
               
        ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BOSTROM EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        CVS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        ONEX DHC LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

24


 

                 
 
               
        TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO II LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BOSTROM PARTNERS LP,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1170821 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1170809 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1170812 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

25


 

                 
 
               
        KYZALEA COMPANY,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1170819 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1170698 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1301449 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1352536 ONTARIO INC.
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1376653 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

26


 

                 
        1352537 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        TIM DUNCANSON,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        3-G INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        SERGE GOUIN,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BRIAN KING,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        J.W.E. MINGO,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

27


 

                 
        ROBERT PRICHARD,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        1299039 ONTARIO INC.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        2668921 MANITOBA LTD.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        ONEX ADVISOR III LLC,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        CVS PARTNERS, LP,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        3062601 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

28


 

                 
        HIDDEN CREEK INDUSTRIES,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        AMON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS LTD.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        MHON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS LTD.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Eric J. Rosen
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS II L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BCP III AFFILIATES FUND L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

29


 

                 
        BCP III SPECIAL AFFILIATES L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        BCP II AFFILIATES FUND L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VII L.P.,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        KENNETH W. HAGER,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        DAVID J. HULS,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        S.A. JOHNSON,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

30


 

                 
        DANIEL F. MOORSE,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        CARL E. NELSON,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        JUDITH A. VIJUMS,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        MARNI L. NAGY,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        RONALD A. JOHNSON,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        RANDOLPH STREET PARTNERS II,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

31


 

                 
        ROBERT R. HIBBS,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        MARY-LOUISE R. JOHNSON TRUST,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        MICHAEL SZCZEPANSKI,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:
 
               
        ASC INCORPORATED,
 
               
          By     /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
             
 
              Name:
              Title:

32


 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

             
    CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC    
 
           
  By   /s/ Edward P. Witz
   
      Name: Edward P. Witz    
      Title: Managing Director    

Acting on behalf of itself and as the Representative of the several Underwriters.

33


 

SCHEDULE A

             
        Number of Firm
        Securities
Selling Stockholder
  Address
  to be Sold
Onex American Holdings II LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     2,159,033  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     94,389  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
CVS Executive Investco LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     66,197  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Onex DHC LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     1,008,939  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     39,194  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     33,422  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Bostrom Partners LP
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     21,983  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1170821 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     15,675  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1170809 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     13,166  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1170812 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     22,495  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Kyzalea Company
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     7,202  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        

34


 

             
        Number of Firm
        Securities
Selling Stockholder
  Address
  to be Sold
1170819 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     5,227  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1170698 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     4,518  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1301449 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     2,063  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1352536 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     1,158  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1376653 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     493  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
1352537 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     147  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Tim Duncanson
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     439  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
3-G Investments Limited
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     13,180  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Serge Gouin
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     8,787  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Brian King
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     1,318  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
J.W.E. Mingo
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     879  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Robert Prichard
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     4,393  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        

35


 

             
        Number of Firm
        Securities
Selling Stockholder
  Address
  to be Sold
1299039 Ontario Inc.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     879  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
2668921 Manitoba Ltd.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     2636  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Onex Advisor III LLC
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     257,546  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
CVS Partners, LP
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     15,417  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     20,035  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Hidden Creek Industries
  4508 IDS Center     44,195  
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
AMON Canadian Investments Ltd.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     2,002  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
MHON Canadian Investments Ltd.
  c/o Onex Investment Corp.     1,891  
  712 Fifth Avenue        
  New York, NY 10019        
 
           
Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
  c/o Baird Capital Partners     564,958  
  227 West Monroe Street        
  Suite 2200        
  Chicago, IL 60606        
  Attn: C. Andrew Brickman        
 
           
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
  c/o Baird Capital Partners     117,840  
  227 West Monroe Street        
  Suite 2200        
  Chicago, IL 60606        
  Attn: C. Andrew Brickman        

36


 

             
        Number of Firm
        Securities
Selling Stockholder
  Address
  to be Sold
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
  c/o Baird Capital Partners     112,999  
  227 West Monroe Street        
  Suite 2200        
  Chicago, IL 60606        
  Attn: C. Andrew Brickman        
 
           
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
  c/o Baird Capital Partners     80,611  
  227 West Monroe Street        
  Suite 2200        
  Chicago, IL 60606        
  Attn: C. Andrew Brickman        
 
           
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
  c/o Baird Capital Partners     69,924  
  227 West Monroe Street        
  Suite 2200        
  Chicago, IL 60606        
  Attn: C. Andrew Brickman        
 
           
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
  3600 IDS Center     1,006,416  
  80 South 8 th Street        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
Kenneth W. Hager
  c/o Hidden Creek     10,820  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
David J. Huls
  c/o Hidden Creek     20,744  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
S.A. Johnson
  c/o OG Partners     103,452  
  294 Grove Lane East        
  Ste. 260        
  Wayzata, MN 55391        
 
           
Daniel F. Moorse
  c/o Hidden Creek     18,618  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
Carl E. Nelson
  c/o Hidden Creek     22,005  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
Judith A. Vijums
  c/o Hidden Creek     18,933  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        

37


 

             
        Number of Firm
        Securities
Selling Stockholder
  Address
  to be Sold
Marni L. Nagy
  20072 Trabuco Oaks Drive     4,819  
  PO Box 987        
  Trabuco Canyon, CA 92678        
 
           
Ronald A. Johnson
  3702 Moorpark Avenue     4,819  
  San Jose, CA 95117        
 
           
Randolph Street Partners II
  c/o Kirkland & Ellis LLP     33,804  
  200 E. Randolph Drive        
  Chicago, IL 60601        
 
           
Robert R. Hibbs
  3415 NE 2 nd Avenue     2,522  
  Suite 203        
  Miami, FL 33137        
 
           
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
  c/o Hidden Creek     1,261  
  4508 IDS Center        
  Minneapolis, MN 55402        
 
           
Michael Szczepanski
  5104 N. Graham     861  
  Charlotte, NC 28269        
 
           
ASC Incorporated
  One ASC Center     60,696  
 
  Southgate, MI 48195        
       
 
 
Total
        6,125,000  
       
 
 

38


 

SCHEDULE B

         
    Number of
    Firm Securities
Underwriter
  to be Purchased
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
    4,301,250  
Lehman Brothers Inc.
    2,127,500  
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
    2,127,500  
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
    693,750  
 
   
 
 
Total
    9,250,000  
 
   
 
 

39


 

SCHEDULE C

SUBSIDIARIES OF COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

             
            Significant
    Entity
  Jurisdiction
  Subsidiary
1.
  Trim Systems, Inc.   Delaware   Yes
2.
  Trim Systems Operating Corp.   Delaware    
3.
  Trim Systems LLC   Delaware   Yes
4.
  Tempress, Inc.   Washington   Yes
5.
  CVG International Holdings Limited   Barbados    
6.
  CVG (Shanghai), Co. LTD.   China    
7.
  CVS Holdings Limited   United Kingdom   Yes
8.
  Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited   United Kingdom   Yes
9.
  Bostrom Limited   United Kingdom   Yes
10.
  Bostrom Investments Limited   United Kingdom    
11.
  KAB Seating LLC   United Kingdom    
12.
  Bostrom International Limited   United Kingdom   Yes
13.
  KAB Seating, AB   Sweden    
14.
  KAB Seating, Pty   Australia    
15.
  KAB Seating, S.A.   Belgium    
16.
  National Seating Company   Delaware   Yes
17.
  KAB Seating Limited   United Kingdom   Yes
18.
  A. Stokes Pressings Limited   United Kingdom    
19.
  Wilton & Co. Pressings Limited   United Kingdom    
20.
  Bostrom Specialist Engineering Limited   United Kingdom    
21.
  Winston Cable Limited   United Kingdom    
22.
  JMH Limited   United Kingdom    
23.
  KAB Tooling Limited   United Kingdom    
24.
  Bostrom Europe   United Kingdom    
25.
  The C&P Jig & Tool Limited   United Kingdom    
26.
  BB Seating Limited   United Kingdom    
27.
  Palmer & Shelley Limited   United Kingdom    
28.
  AJW Holdings Limited   United Kingdom    
29.
  KAB Industries Limited   United Kingdom    
30.
  Corvus Suspension Products Limited   United Kingdom    
31.
  KAB Pressings Limited   United Kingdom    
32
  KAB Components Limited   United Kingdom    
33.
  AJ Williams Small Pressings Limited   United Kingdom    
34.
  Bostrom Vehicle Components Limited   United Kingdom    
35.
  Inbark Limited   United Kingdom    
36.
  KAB Engineering Limited   United Kingdom    
37.
  CVS Holdings, Inc.   Delaware   Yes
38.
  Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc.   Delaware   Yes

 


 

SCHEDULE D-1

Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
Kenneth W. Hager
David J. Huls
S.A. Johnson
Daniel F. Moorse
Carl E. Nelson
Judith A. Vijums
Marni L. Nagy
Ronald A. Johnson
Randolph Street Partners II
Robert R. Hibbs
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
Michael Szczepanski
Hidden Creek Industries

 


 

SCHEDULE D-2

Kenneth W. Hager
David J. Huls
S.A. Johnson
Daniel F. Moorse
Carl E. Nelson
Judith A. Vijums
Marni L. Nagy
Ronald A. Johnson
Randolph Street Partners II
Robert R. Hibbs
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
Michael Szczepanski
Hidden Creek Industries

 


 

SCHEDULE D-3

Onex American Holdings II LLC
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
CVS Executive Investco LLC
Onex DHC LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
Bostrom Partners LP
1170821 Ontario Inc.
1170809 Ontario Inc.
1170812 Ontario Inc.
Kyzalea Company
1170819 Ontario Inc.
1170698 Ontario Inc.
1301449 Ontario Inc.
1352536 Ontario Inc.
1376653 Ontario Inc.
1352537 Ontario Inc.
Tim Duncanson
3-G Investments Limited
Serge Gouin
Brian King
J.W.E. Mingo
Robert Prichard
1299039 Ontario Inc.
2668921 Manitoba Ltd
Onex Advisor III LLC
CVS Partners, LP
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
AMON Canadian Investments Ltd.
MHON Canadian Investments Ltd.
Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.

 


 

EXHIBIT A

OPINION OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

 


 

EXHIBIT B

OPINION OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

 


 

EXHIBIT C

OPINION OF KAYE SCHOLER LLP

 


 

EXHIBIT D

OPINION OF DRINKER BIDDLE & REATH LLP

 


 

EXHIBIT E

CERTIFICATE OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

[     ], 2004

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010

Dear Sirs:

     In 2002, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. and CVS Holdings Ltd. (the “Constituent Entities”) dismissed their independent auditors, Arthur Andersen LLP (“Andersen”) and engaged the services of Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) as their new independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2002. The boards of directors and audit committees of each of the Constituent Entities authorized the dismissal of Andersen and the engagement of Deloitte. Given this change in independent public accountants, you have asked me to provide you with certain information as of the date hereof in connection with the offering (the “Offering”) of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Securities”) of the Company. To that end, in my capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, I do hereby certify to the best of my knowledge based upon a review of the financial records and schedules of the Company made by me or members of my staff that:

     Nothing has come to my attention that would cause me to believe that the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the related financial data included in the registration statement (No. 333-115708) on Form S-1 filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Registration Statement”) do not fairly represent the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries in all material respects in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

     I, or members of my staff, have read the items marked on the attached copies of selected pages of the Registration Statement and have performed the following procedures, which were applied as indicated by the letters set forth below:

          A. Agreed to or derived from the Constituent Entities’ separate financial statements (which were individually audited by Andersen) which have been combined as a result of their merger, after giving effect to the required generally accepted accounting principles adjustments as a result of the merger of the Constituent Entities.

          B. Proved the arithmetic accuracy based on amounts in or derived from the Constituent Entities’ separate financial statements (which were individually audited by Andersen) which have been combined as a result of their merger, after giving effect to the required generally accepted accounting principles adjustments as a result of the merger of the Constituent Entities.

     This letter is being provided solely for the information of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representative of the underwriters, to assist the underwriters in conducting and documenting their investigation of the affairs of the Company in connection with the Offering, and this letter is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any purpose.

 


 

     To evidence my certification as an officer of the Company of the foregoing information, I have set my hand to this letter on the date first written above.
         
  Very truly yours,

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,
 
 
      by

   
    Name:   Chad M. Utrup   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

 


 

         

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
(collectively, the “ Underwriters ”)

c/o   Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629

     Dear Sirs:

     As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), pursuant to which an offering (the “ Offering ”) will be made that is intended to result in the establishment of a public market for the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Securities ”) of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (“ CSFB ”). In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of CSFB, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities except in connection with the Offering.

     The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs (and, in the case of material news or material event, CSFB gives the notice thereof to [     ] or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results (which in the case of clause (2) must occur prior to the

 


 

expiration of such 16-day period) or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension.

     Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Agreement. Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market or in the issuer directed share program, and any Securities sold in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will not be subject to this Agreement. A transfer of Securities (or other transaction of the types restricted in the first paragraph of this letter) to a family member, trust, affiliate of the undersigned, or a director, officer or employee of the undersigned or of an affiliate of the undersigned may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement. In addition, the undersigned may transfer Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities pursuant to a sale of 100% of the outstanding Securities (including, without limitation, in connection with a tender offer for such Securities or by way of merger of the Company with another person) to a third party or group of third parties that are not affiliates of the Company (and may make offers or enter into contracts with respect to such a transfer), provided that unless the third party or group is acquiring 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company in a single transaction or concurrent transactions, the third party or group of third parties agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein until such time as such third party or group of third parties has acquired 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company.

     In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

     This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void (a) if the Underwriting Agreement or the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Securities thereunder is terminated, (b) if the registration statement filed with the SEC in respect of the Offering is withdrawn, (c) if the closing of the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2004 or (d) if, prior to the undersigned’s execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned notifies CSFB in writing at its address set forth above (Attention: Transactions Advisory Group) that it does not then intend to pursue an offering of the Securities through CSFB as an underwriter. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  By:        
 
 
  Name:      
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

JOINDER TO REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

     THIS JOINDER TO REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “Joinder”) is executed as of                         , 2004, by and among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Persons listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “New Investors”).

     WHEREAS, the Company, Onex Corporation, J2R Partners VII and certain other stockholders of the Company are party to that certain Registration Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2000, as amended (the “Registration Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Registration Agreement.

     WHEREAS, the New Investors have acquired shares or rights to acquire shares in the Company, in connection with, among other things, that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated even herewith, by and between the Company, Trim Merger Co., and Trim Systems, Inc.

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the New Investors rights under the Registration Agreement as set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Joinder. The parties hereto agree that, by and upon execution of this Joinder, each New Investor shall be a party to the Registration Agreement, (ii) shall be an “Investor” (as such term is defined in the Registration Agreement) and (iii) shall be entitled to the rights and benefits and subject to the duties and obligations of an Investor thereunder, as fully as if such New Investor had been an original signatory thereto in such capacity.

     2. Continuing Effect. Other than as modified in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the remaining terms of the Registration Agreement remain in full force and effect.

     3. Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     4. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of Delaware.

     5. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

* * * * *

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been entered into as of the date first above written.

         
    BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    ONEX DHC LLC
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO II LLC
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  

 


 

[Continuation of signature page to Joinder to Registration Agreement]

         
    ASC INCORPORATED
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    AMON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS, LTD.
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    MHON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS, LTD
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
    J2R PARTNERS II
 
       
  By:                                                                                  
  Name:                                                                                  
  Its:                                                                                  
 
       
   
    Marni L. Johnson
 
       
   
    Ronald A. Johnson
 
       
   
    Robert R. Hibbs

 


 

[Continuation of signature page to Joinder to Registration Agreement]

         
   
    Eric L. Hupp
 
       
   
    Michael Szczepanski
 
       
   
    Cleve S. Blunt
 
       
   
    Jim Lindsey
 
       
   
    Frank Lolli
 
       
   
    Greg Stepanek
 
       
   
    Chad Utrup
 
       
   
    Richard Steele
 
       
   
    Robert C. Chastain
 
       
   
    Robert Averitt
 
       
   
    Mervin Dunn
 
       
   
    Douglas P. Liehr
 
       
   
    Kevin Richards
 
       
   
    James Williams
 
       
   
    Clint Arney
 
       
   
    William G. Szuch

 


 

Schedule A

ONEX DHC LLC
TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC
TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO II LLC
AMON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS, LTD.
MHON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS, LTD
J2R PARTNERS II
ASC INCORPORATED
Marni L. Johnson
Ronald A. Johnson
Robert R. Hibbs
Eric L. Hupp
Michael Szczepanski
Cleve S. Blunt
Jim Lindsey
Frank Lolli
Greg Stepanek
Chad Utrup
Richard Steele
Robert C. Chastain
Robert Averitt
Mervin Dunn
Douglas P. Liehr
Kevin Richards
James Williams
Clint Arney
William G. Szuch

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

DATED as of August 9, 2004.

AMONG:

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”),

- and -

ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company (“Onex”),

- and -

The individuals named on Schedule I to this Agreement and each additional management employee of the Operating Company (as hereinafter defined) who, at any time, acquires securities of the Corporation and executes a counterpart of this Agreement or otherwise agrees to be bound by this Agreement (individually, a “Managementholder” and collectively, the “Managementholders”).

1


 

WHEREAS:

     A. As of August 9, 2004 the issued and outstanding capital of the Corporation consists of:

(i)   45,106.007 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class A Common”);
 
(ii)   149,228.315 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Common”); and
 
(iii)   35,892.750 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class C Common”);
 
(iv)   97,964.000 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class D-1 Common”);
 
(v)   0.000 shares of Class D-2 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class D-2 Common”); and
 
(vi)   24,491.000 shares of Class E Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class E Common”).

     B. Each of the Managementholders is an employee of the Corporation and/or a subsidiary of the Corporation and has acquired or is acquiring certain shares of Class A Common.

     C. In order to provide for the stability of the Corporation and to restrict the manner and means by which the Class A Common held by the Managementholders may be transferred, voted and otherwise dealt with the parties wish to enter into this Agreement.

     D. Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article Six of this Agreement.

     THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

Managementholder’s Common Stock Generally

               1.1 Managementholder’s General Representations and Warranties. Each Managementholder represents and warrants that:

               (a) he has acquired and is holding, or will acquire and hold, all Managementholder’s Stock held by him as sole principal and for investment only, and not in trust in any manner for or on behalf of any other person or persons; and

2


 

               (b) he is not a party to or bound by any agreement regarding or affecting his Managementholder’s Stock or his rights as a holder of Managementholder’s Stock other than this Agreement, a pledge, if any, of Managementholder’s Stock in accordance with Section 1.5 or an agreement, if any, to effect a transfer of Managementholder’s Stock in accordance with this Agreement.

               1.2 Transfers in Accordance with this Agreement. Each Managementholder agrees that Managementholder’s Stock held by him will not be transferred in violation of this Agreement, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or any other applicable law.

               1.3 Registration of Transfers. The Corporation may refuse to register any transfer by the registered holder of Managementholder’s Stock in its transfer books if such transfer is not in accordance with this Agreement, the 1933 Act, or any other applicable law.

               1.4 Restrictions on Transfer. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Managementholder’s Stock may not be transferred without the consent of the Corporation. The Managementholder’s Stock may be transferred only in a sale for cash or cash plus assumption of indebtedness in accordance with Section 2.1 or in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement. Any purported transfer in any manner contrary to the terms of this Agreement shall be void.

               1.5 Sales to be Free of Encumbrances.

               (a) In connection with any sale of Managementholder’s Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Managementholder shall deliver the Managementholder’s Stock being sold free and clear of any claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind.

               (b) If the Managementholder fails to comply with subsection (a), the purchaser may withhold from the purchase price for the Managementholder’s Stock an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by any such claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance or, if the amount of such indebtedness is not known by the purchaser, an amount equal to the purchaser’s good faith estimate thereof, and shall pay such withheld amount to the person to whom such indebtedness is owed. Any such payment of such withheld amount shall discharge the purchaser’s obligation to make payment for the purchased shares to the extent of such withheld amount.

               1.6 Closings of Sales of Managementholder’s Stock.

               (a) At the closing of any sale of Managementholder’s Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Managementholder selling Managementholder’s Stock shall deliver to the purchaser the share certificates and other instruments representing such Managementholder’s Stock, together with stock powers and other instruments transferring such Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer and free and clear of any claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, and the purchaser shall deliver to the Managementholder the consideration payable upon closing. If subsection 2.3(b) of this Agreement is applicable to the sale and the purchaser is other than the Corporation or the Investors, the purchaser shall also

3


 

deliver to the Managementholder an undertaking to pay the increased purchase price for the Managementholder’s Stock in accordance with subsection 2.3(b) in the events therein described, as if such purchaser were a party to this Agreement.

               (b) If the Managementholder is not present at the closing, or is present but for any reason fails to produce and deliver to the purchaser, in accordance with subsection (a), the certificates or other instruments representing any of the Managementholder’s Stock being transferred or any other document required under subsection (a), then the purchaser may deposit the applicable consideration payable to such Managementholder, as and when payable under this Agreement. into a special account in trust for the Managementholder at a branch of the Corporation’s bankers. Such deposit shall constitute valid and effective payment to the Managementholder of the purchase price for such Common Stock notwithstanding the fact that the Managementholder may have voluntarily attempted to encumber or dispose of any of the Common Stock contrary to the terms hereof, or that one or more certificates or other evidences of ownership of the Common Stock may have been delivered to any other person. From and after the date of such deposit (even though the share certificates in the name of the such Managementholder or other instruments representing such Common Stock have not been delivered to the purchaser), the purchase and transfer of the Common Stock shall be deemed to have been fully completed and all right, title, benefit and interest of the Managementholder in and to all such Common Stock, both at law and in equity, shall be conclusively deemed to have been transferred and assigned to and become vested in the purchaser.

               (c) Where the purchaser has made a deposit in accordance with subsection (b), the Managementholder shall be entitled to receive the consideration for his Managementholder’s Stock deposited with the Corporation’s bankers, without interest, upon delivery to the Corporation of (i) the certificates or other instruments representing the Managementholder’s Stock duly endorsed for transfer in the manner required by subsection (a) and (ii) any other document required under subsection (a) to be delivered by him at the closing including, without limitation, the release or discharge of any encumbrance relating to the Managementholder’s Stock being sold.

               (d) Each Managementholder irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Secretary from time to time of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) as his attorney and agent authorized, in his name and on his behalf, to execute and deliver (i) all such assignments, transfers, deeds and instruments as may be necessary to effectively transfer the Common Stock being transferred to the purchaser on the books of the Corporation and (ii) any other document required under subsection (a) to be delivered by him at closing. Such appointment and power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, shall not be revoked by the insolvency, bankruptcy, death or incapacity of the Managementholder, and the Managementholder hereby agrees to ratify and confirm any act taken by the Secretary on his behalf hereunder and agrees that the receipt of the Secretary as attorney shall be a good discharge to the Managementholder.

               (e) The Secretary of the Corporation (or another officer designated by the Board of Directors to act in his stead) shall, at all times, hold the certificates representing all Managementholder’s Stock. The Secretary or such other officer shall hold such certificates in safekeeping to the order of the registered holder of the Common Stock represented by the certificates (but subject to the terms of this Agreement); provided that, upon being satisfied that a

4


 

lender reasonably requires possession of any certificate for the purposes of an arrangement permitted by Section 1.5, the Secretary may release the certificate to the lender upon receipt of an irrevocable direction from the registered holder to the lender to return the certificates to the Secretary if the registered holder would otherwise be entitled to the return of the certificates.

               (f) Nothing in this Section is intended to limit any other remedy available to a purchaser of Managementholder’s Stock.

               1.7 Application of the Agreement. For greater certainty, it is acknowledged and agreed that this Agreement shall apply in respect of all Common Stock now or hereafter acquired and held by a Managementholder including, but not limited to, Common Stock acquired pursuant to Section 3.5, but not including Common Stock purchased by a Managementholder through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company.

ARTICLE TWO

Sale of Managementholder’s Stock

               2.1 Sales to Another Managementholder or Management Employee.

               (a) If a Managementholder desires to transfer Managementholder’s Stock at any time pursuant to a bona fide written offer to purchase his Managementholder’s Stock for cash or for cash and the assumption of indebtedness referred to in Section 1.5 (an “Offer”) from another Managementholder or a management employee of the Operating Company who in either case is acceptable to the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion (an “Offeror”), he shall give the Corporation and the Investors notice thereof (a “Notice”) attaching a copy of such Offer.

               (b) If a Notice is given, the Corporation, or at the Corporation’s option, the Investors, shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Managementholder within 30 days after the date of receipt of the Notice by the Corporation and the Investors, to purchase all or any part of the Managementholder’s Stock proposed to be sold pursuant to the Offer for the same price per share and on the same terms as the Offer.

               (c) If the Corporation or the Investors do not exercise the option referred to in subsection (b) within the 30-day option period provided in subsection (b), and the Board of Directors of the Corporation has consented to the proposed sale to the Offeror pursuant to the Offer, the Managementholder shall have the right, exercisable at any time within 60 days after the expiration of such 30-day option period, to sell any of the Managementholder’s Stock as to which the option referred to in subsection (b) was not exercised to the Offeror in accordance with the terms of the Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Board of Directors shall not be required for such proposed sale if the Offeror is, at the time of the sale, a Managementholder bound by this Agreement. If the Managementholder’s Stock as to which the option referred to in subsection (b) was not exercised remains unsold at the end of such 60-day period, such Managementholder’s Stock may not thereafter be transferred unless the Managementholder again complies with this Section 2.1.

5


 

               (d) Any Offeror who acquires Common Stock pursuant to an Offer shall, by its purchase of such Common Stock and acceptance of the certificates therefor, be deemed to agree to, and shall be bound by, the provisions of this Agreement and shall at the time of closing of the purchase of any Common Stock execute such documents as may be, in the reasonable opinion of the Corporation, required in order to evidence such agreement.

               2.2 Sale When the Corporation is a Public Company.

               (a) Notwithstanding Section 2.1, at any time when the Corporation is a Public Company, except during any l80-day period following any final qualification or registration of securities of the Corporation for a public offering, a Managementholder shall, after complying in full with the provisions of this Section 2.2, be entitled during any 90-day period to sell up to 5% of the Managementholder’s Stock then held by him through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and with the by-laws and regulations of such exchange (such a sale is hereinafter referred to as a “Market Sale”). No Managementholder shall, however, sell in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.2 more than a maximum of one-third of the aggregate number of Managementholder’s Stock acquired to such date by such Managementholder, provided that the Board of Directors may, on the recommendation of the President of the Corporation, permit the Managementholder to sell in excess of the foregoing maximum proportion of his Managementholder’s Stock.

               (b) Not less than five and not more than ten business days before effecting any Market Sale, the Managementholder shall first give notice to the Investors (a “Market Sale Notice”) offering to sell to the Corporation, or at the Corporation’s option, to the Investors all of that number of shares of Managementholder’s Stock which it proposes to sell, at a price per share of Common Stock equal to the average closing price per share on such securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or which is quoted or the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market for the ten trading days thereon immediately preceding the date of the Market Sale Notice (the “Market Price”).

               (c) If the Corporation or the Investors, wish to accept an offer made pursuant to a Market Sale Notice they shall do so by notice of election to purchase (a “Market Exercise Notice”), given to the Managementholder within three business days after receipt by the Investors of the Market Sale Notice, which designates the number of shares of Managementholder’s Stock to be purchased, and the Managementholder shall thereupon be bound to sell such Managementholder’s Stock to the Corporation or the Investors, as the case may be, and the Corporation or the Investors, as the case may be, shall be obligated to buy such shares of Managementholder’s Stock at the Market Price. If the Corporation or the Investors elect to purchase a part, only, of the number of the Managementholder’s Stock which the Managementholder offered to sell, the Managementholder may sell the balance of the shares of Managementholder’s Stock which were offered, through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, on any of the five consecutive business days commencing on the fifth business day after receipt by the Investors of the Market Sale Notice.

               2.3 Sale Upon Cessation of Employment.

6


 

               (a) If a Managementholder ceases to be employed in a full-time capacity by the Operating Company for any reason (including but not limited to the Managementholder’s voluntary termination, termination by the Operating Company with or without cause, or the Managementholders’ death, permanent disability or retirement) prior to the time the Corporation becomes a Public Company, the Corporation (or, if the Corporation so elects, the Investors) shall purchase, and the Managementholders shall sell, all of the Managementholder’s Stock owned by such Managementholder. The Purchase Price payable per share in any sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be equal to Book Value Per Share.

               (b) If the Corporation effects a public offering of securities of the same class as the Managementholder’s Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 2.3 within six months after the closing of such purchase, the purchase price per share shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the public offering price per share pursuant to such public offering (after deduction of any applicable underwriters’ commissions or discounts and expenses of such offering on a per share basis) over the Book Value Per Share used in calculating the original purchase price.

               (c) The purchase price for Managementholder’s Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be paid 100% in cash at the closing of such purchase.

               2.4 Sale Upon Cessation of Employment When the Corporation is a Public Company.

               Notwithstanding Section 2.3, if a Managementholder ceases to be employed in a fulltime capacity by the Operating Company for any reason (including but not limited to the Managementholder’s voluntary termination, termination by the Operating Company, with or without cause, or the Managementholder’s death, permanent disability or retirement) after the time the Corporation has become a Public Company, the Managementholder shall be entitled to sell his Managementholder’s Stock through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ system or over-the-counter market, provided such sales are made in the normal course and in a manner which complies with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange rules and provided further that no more than one-half of his Managementholder’s Stock may be sold prior to the first anniversary of such termination of employment. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, (a) in the event of the death of the Managementholder, his executors or administrators shall not be restricted as to the proportion of his Managementholder’s Stock that may be sold during the year following termination of employment, (b) in the event of the termination of his employment by reason of his permanent disability, the Managementholder shall not be restricted as to the proportion of his Managementholder’s Stock that may be sold during the year following termination of employment, and (c) in the event of the retirement of the Managementholder, up to 75% of his Managementholder’s Stock may be sold during the year following termination of employment.

               2.5 Defined Terms and Expressions. As used in this Article:

               (a) “permanent disability” means the inability of a Managementholder to fulfill his duties as an employee of the Operating Company as a result of illness, accident or

7


 

physical or mental disability either for a period of six consecutive months or for any 180 days in any 365-day period.

               (b) “retirement” means retirement of a Managementholder in accordance with the retirement policy provided for in the Operating Company’s employment policies in effect from time to time.

               (c) “termination by the Operating Company without cause” shall mean termination by the Operating Company on grounds other than gross or continued neglect of duty, serious and wilful misconduct, theft, embezzlement, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty or other like cause.

               2.6 “termination by the Operating Company” shall include a refusal by the Operating Company to renew an employment contract at the end of its stated term.

               2.7 Closing.

               (a) The closing of any purchase and sale of Managementholder’s Stock pursuant to exercise by the Corporation or the Investors of a right, or fulfillment of an obligation, under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation at a date and time designated by the purchaser, but in any event not later than 60 days (or, in the case of a purchase and sale pursuant to subsection 2.3(e), 120 days) after the date of receipt of the Notice, receipt of the Market Sale Notice, cessation of employment or date of acquisition of Common Stock following termination of employment referred to in subsection 2.3(e), as the case may be.

               (b) Any Managementholder’s Stock purchased by the Investors or the Corporation, pursuant to the exercise of a right, or fulfillment of an obligation, under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 shall be free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions with the exception of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement where such Managementholder’s Stock are purchased by the Investors.

               2.8 Investor Purchasers. Any opportunity for the Investors to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be offered to each Investor pro rata based on the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock each such Investor owns or has the right to acquire (either through exercise, conversion, exchange or otherwise) at the time of such offer. If an Investor fails to elect to purchase its pro rata share, any remaining shares of Common Stock shall be referred to the subscribing Investors on the same pro rata basis until all such shares are allocated or no Investor desires to elect to purchase any more of such shares. For purposes hereof, all shares of Common Stock owned by any general partner of any Investor who is a partnership shall be deemed to be owned by such Investor.

               2.9 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Each Managementholder acknowledges that, in the course of performing and fulfilling his duties and as an employee of the Operating Company (which in this section includes its affiliates), he may have access to and may be entrusted with confidential information concerning its activities, business operations and its customers and clients, which information is not generally known in the industry in which the Operating Company does business (“Confidential Information”). The disclosure of any Confidential Information to competitors of the Operating Company or to other persons would be

8


 

highly detrimental to the interests of the Operating Company. Each Managementholder further acknowledges and agrees that the right to maintain confidential such Confidential Information is a proprietary right which the Operating Company is entitled to protect. Accordingly, each Managementholder covenants and agrees with the Operating Company that (a) he will not during the continuance of his employment by the Operating Company disclose any such Confidential Information to any person, nor shall he use the same, except as required in the normal course of his employment by the Operating Company, and (b) after the termination or expiration of his employment by the Operating Company, he will not disclose or make any use of same without the consent of the Operating Company, provided, however, that he shall not be prohibited by this paragraph from using the personal skills and knowledge developed by him prior to and during his employment by the Operating Company. Each Managementholder acknowledges that the above covenants are reasonable and agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law it may have (which other remedies such Managementholder acknowledges to be inadequate to protect its legitimate interests), the Operating Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in the event of a breach thereof.

ARTICLE THREE

Sale of Common Stock by Onex and the Corporation

               3.1 Piggy-Back Right.

               (a) Except as provided in Section 3.4, if at any time the Board of Directors approves a Sale of the Company (an “Approved Sale”), the Corporation shall, at least 20 days prior to the Approved Sale, give notice (a “Sale Notice”) to the Management Representatives (as hereinafter defined) on behalf of the Managementholders describing the terms of the Approved Sale in reasonable detail, including the identity of the proposed purchaser, and stating that each Managementholder has (and each Managementholder shall then have) the option to sell to the proposed purchaser his Managementholder’s Stock, simultaneously with and conditional upon the closing of the Approved Sale, at the price per share and on the other terms consistent with the rights and preferences of the Common Stock set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

               (b) The option pursuant to subsection (a) shall be exercised by notice to the Corporation given not later than the date specified therefor in the Sale Notice, which shall be not less than 10 business days after such Sale Notice is given. If a Managementholder gives notice of his election to sell he shall be obligated to sell the shares of Managementholders’ Stock specified in his notice upon the terms specified in subsection (a) to the proposed purchaser, conditional upon the closing of the Approved Sale.

               (c) If the proposed purchaser pursuant to the Approved Sale has specified a limited number of shares of Common Stock which it is willing to purchase in the aggregate, each Managementholder shall have the right to sell to the proposed purchaser up to that number of shares of Common Stock which is in the same proportion to all shares of Common Stock being purchased by the proposed purchaser as the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Managementholder is of the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (in

9


 

each case, assuming the conversion or exchange of all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock).

               3.2 Drag-Along Right. If at any time the Board of Directors proposes an Approved Sale, the Corporation may, by so notifying the Management Representatives on behalf of the Managementholders in the Sale Notice, require each Managementholder to sell his Managementholder’s Stock, simultaneously with and conditional upon the closing of such Approved Sale, at the price (whether in cash or other consideration) per share and other terms consistent with the rights and preferences of the Common Stock set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors, and each Managementholder shall thereupon be obligated to sell such Managementholder’s Stock. If the form of consideration to be received on such Approved Sale is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors after consultation with the Management Representatives, inappropriate as a form of consideration for Managementholders, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to have such consideration converted to cash or more appropriate consideration at a fair value.

               3.3 Representations and Warranties on a Disposition. In connection with any Approved Sale, in which Managementholder’s Stock is to be sold by a Managementholder, the Corporation may require the Managementholder to enter into agreements with the purchaser representing and warranting that, except as specifically disclosed to the purchaser in writing, such Managementholder, at the time of the closing of the Approved Sale, does not have actual knowledge that any representation or warranty made by the Corporation or any other shareholder in connection with the Approved Sale was untrue in any material respect when made or is untrue in any material respect as of such closing; the liability of the selling Managementholder under such representation and warranty shall be limited to the amount which he receives from the sale of his Managementholder’s Stock in connection with the Approved Sale and shall be pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock sold by the Managementholder in relation to the shares of Common Stock being sold by all shareholders as part of the Approved Sale.

               3.4 Exceptions to the Piggy-Back Right. Section 3.1 shall not apply to any sale as part of a public offering of Common Stock.

               3.5 Piggy-Back Right on a Public Offering.

               (a) If the Corporation proposes to effect a public offering of shares of Common Stock in which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock held by the Investors are to be included, the Corporation shall, prior to the proposed initial filing or registration, give notice thereof and of the manner of offering contemplated thereby (“Public Offering Notice”) to each of the Managementholders unless a determination has been made by the managing underwriter(s) pursuant to sub-section (g) of this Section 3.5 to the effect that there is reasonable cause to believe that the inclusion of the Managementholders’ Stock might adversely affect the offering.

               (b) The Corporation shall not be required to give a Public Offering Notice in accordance with subsection (a) or to register Managementholder’s Stock in accordance with subsection (c) if the distribution of shares of Common Stock being proposed cannot, under applicable law and regulations, be combined (pursuant to the form of prospectus or registration

10


 

Statement proposed to be used) with a distribution of shares of Managementholder’s Stock or if and to the extent that such distribution of Managementholder’s Stock would contravene an agreement with a security holder that prohibits or restricts the inclusion of securities to be sold by others.

               (c) If a Public Offering Notice is given, then, on written notice to the Corporation (a “Holder’s Request”) from a Managementholder within 10 days after the receipt of the Public Offering Notice (which Holder’s Request shall specify the number of shares of Management holder’s Stock which the Managementholder wishes to sell and distribute, which number shall not represent a greater proportion of such Managementholder’s Stock than the proportion of all shares of Common Stock held by the Investors which is proposed to be sold and distributed pursuant to such public offering) the Corporation will use its best efforts to register the shares of Managementholder’s Stock stated in the Holder’s Request (or, if less, the Pro Rata Number of such Managementholder’s Stock) for distribution pursuant to the proposed public offering in addition to the shares of Common Stock being offered by the Investors. If the number of shares of Common Stock which the Investors, the Managementholders and other holders of Common Stock wish to sell and distribute exceeds the number thereof which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s), is the maximum number thereof that might be included with the offering without adversely affecting the offering, then the excess above such maximum number shall not be included with the offering, and the number of shares of Common Stock of the Investors and each Managementholder wishing to sell, to be sold with the offering, shall be proportionate to their respective holdings of Common Stock. If any of the Managementholders is thereby entitled to sell more shares of Common Stock than he wishes to sell, the Investors and each remaining Managementholder shall be entitled to make up the difference pro-rata from its or his respective holdings, provided that any such Managementholder shall have confirmed his desire to make up his pro-rata proportion of the difference out of his holdings within 5 days after notice of his entitlement to do so is given to him.

               (d) As used in this Section 3.5, the term “Pro Rata Number” shall mean the product of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the Managementholder and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which are to be so registered and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.

               (e) On a sale pursuant to this Section 3.5, Managementholders shall sell their shares of Common Stock through the underwriters on the same terms as the Investors or the Corporation generally are selling their or its shares of Common Stock.

               (f) The Corporation shall be responsible for the preparation of the preliminary prospectus, the prospectus or registration statement and related papers and filings (including any Blue Sky filings) in connection with the proposed public offering.

               (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.5, the Corporation (i) may at any time delay, abandon or withdraw such prospectus or registration statement relating to a proposed offering, and (ii) shall not be required to register Managementholder’s Stock pursuant to subsection (c) in connection with any proposed offering if, in the opinion of the managing

11


 

underwriter(s), there is reasonable cause to believe that the inclusion of such Managementholder’s Stock might adversely affect the offering.

               (h) Each participating Managementholder shall supply the Corporation with such information as the Corporation may reasonably request in order to prepare any preliminary prospectus, prospectus and registration statement required in connection with the proposed public offering, to prepare any related papers and filings, to effect the qualifications required by this Section 3.5 and to comply with applicable securities laws.

               (i) Each Managementholder’s registration rights are limited solely to the rights set forth in this Section 3.5.

               3.6 Costs of Public Offering. Each Managementholder who participates in a public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation pursuant to any provision of this Article 3 shall bear a portion of all costs incurred in connection with such offering including, without limitation, the fees of investment bankers, lawyers and accountants in the same proportion as the number of shares of Common Stock sold by such Managementholder is of all the Common Stock sold pursuant to such public offering unless such costs are to be borne by the Corporation. Each Managementholder shall, in any event, pay the underwriting discounts or commissions applicable to the sale of his Common Stock in such public offering and, where required, execute the applicable underwriting agreement and all related documents.

ARTICLE FOUR

Legending and Voting

               4.1 Legending of Stock Certificates. All certificates representing shares of Common Stock held by Managementholders shall bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF SUCH SECURITIES CONTAINED IN THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF                         , 2004 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S STOCKHOLDERS, A COPY OF SUCH MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

               4.2 Voting of Managementholder’s Stock. Each Managementholder shall at all times vote his Managementholder’s Stock (to the extent they are entitled to vote) in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex is voted, on the election of directors and on all other matters which are submitted to a vote (or consent in lieu of voting) of the Corporation’s stockholders, and for this purpose, shall execute and deliver to Onex (or its designees) proxies to vote such Managementholder’s Stock in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex is

12


 

voted. To the extent permitted by law, each Managementholder, by his execution of this Agreement, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the person who is at any time the president of Onex, his proxy to vote all of his Managementholder’s Stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or to give consent in lieu of voting, on any matter which is submitted for a vote or consent to the stockholders, provided that such Managementholder’s Stock is voted or consent is given with respect to them in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.2, Managementholder’s Stock shall not, except with the express consent of the Managementholder, be voted in favor of any resolution the effect of which will be to change the Managementholder’s Stock or Onex Stock, or convert or exchange the Managementholder’s Stock or Onex Stock into or for different securities, unless in every such case the Managementholder’s Stock and the Onex Stock are thereby changed identically or converted into or exchanged for the same type of securities in proportion to their respective holdings of Common Stock, in each case on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by Onex.

               4.3 Management Representatives. Each of the Managementholders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Management Representatives (as defined in this Section 4.3) as his representatives to take all actions on his behalf in connection with this Agreement, in their sole and absolute discretion, including but not limited to executing any consents or waivers in connection with, or any amendments to, this Agreement (with the exception of any decision to sell his Managementholder’s Stock pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, or 3.5). In the event of a disagreement among the Management Representatives, a majority of them shall have all authority granted to the Management Representatives by the Managementholder under this Agreement. The term “Management Representatives” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and any two Vice-Presidents of any Operating Company designated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE FIVE

Covenants of the Corporation

               5.1 Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. The Corporation shall not merge, consolidate or reorganize with another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another person, if pursuant thereto any Investor shall receive equity securities as full or partial consideration for its Common Stock, unless all Managementholders shall have the right to receive the same securities in proportion to their respective holdings of Common Stock, in each case on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

               5.2 Financial Statements. The Corporation shall deliver to each Managementholder so long as he owns Managementholder’s Stock:

               (a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, a consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flows of the Corporation and its

13


 

subsidiaries for such fiscal year, accompanied by a report thereon of independent certified public accountants; and

               (b) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Corporation, a consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flows of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for such quarter, and a certificate of an officer of the Corporation certifying that, in his opinion, the statements fairly present the financial position and results of operation of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except that such statements need not include complete notes).

               (c) Except as otherwise required by any applicable law or judicial order or decree or by any governmental agency or authority, each Managementholder entitled to receive information regarding the Corporation and its subsidiaries under this Section 5.2 shall maintain the confidentiality of all nonpublic information obtained by such Managementholder hereunder which the Corporation has reasonably designated as proprietary or confidential in nature; provided that each such Managementholder may, to the extent required by law, disclose such information in connection with the sale or transfer of Common Stock if such Managementholder’s transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE SIX

Interpretation

               6.1 Definitions. When used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings shown:

               (a) “affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any of (i) a director or executive officer of such person, (ii) a spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of such person (or spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of any director or executive office of such person), and (iii) any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with such person (for purposes of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or agency or otherwise);

               (b) “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation;

               (c) “business day” means any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal holiday on which the banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York City;

               (d) “Book Value Per Share” as of any date means the quotient obtained by dividing (i) consolidated common stockholders’ equity of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately subsequent to the date of the event that required the purchase and sale pursuant to Section 2.3 determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date. In making calculations for

14


 

purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) it shall be assumed that all options and rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock outstanding on the date as of which the calculation is being made had been exercised or converted to the extent that the exercise price or conversion price (expressed in terms of principal amount of debt or liquidation preference in the case of shares) does not exceed Book Value Per Share (determined without regard to this sentence) and any purchase price for shares of Common Stock payable upon such exercise had been paid. The determination of Book Value Per Share shall be based upon the audited (in the case of the end of a fiscal year) or unaudited (in the case of the end of any of the first three quarters of a fiscal year) balance sheet of the Corporation as at the end of the fiscal quarter in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Book Value Per Share shall be equitably adjusted by the Board of Directors if a stock dividend, recapitalization or other material event occurs outside of the ordinary course of business after the end of such fiscal quarter and before the closing of the sale in respect of which the determination is being made;

               (e) “Common Stock” means (i) any Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common, or Class E Common and any other common stock of the Corporation outstanding from time to time and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by any of stock divided or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization;

               (f) “Independent Third Party” means any person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Corporation’s common stock on a fully-diluted basis (a “5% Owner”) and who is not an affiliate of a 5% Owner;

               (g) “Investors” means each of Onex, the persons listed on Schedule III attached hereto and their respective affiliated permitted transferees of Common Stock;

               (h) “Management Representatives” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 4.3;

               (i) “Managementholder’s Stock” means the Common Stock owned at any particular time by any Managementholder other than Common Stock purchased by a Managementholder through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company;

               (j) “Onex” means Onex American Holdings II LLC or any affiliate of Onex American Holdings II LLC;

               (k) “Onex Stock” means the Common Stock owned at any particular time by Onex other than Common Stock purchased by Onex through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company;

               (l) “Operating Company” means anyone or more of the Corporation and its subsidiaries;

15


 

               (m) “person” includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof;

               (n) “Public Company” means a corporation which has effected a public offering;

               (o) “public offering” means public offering and sale of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration under the 1933 Act;

               (p) “Sale of the Company” means the sale of the Corporation to an Independent Third Party or a group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) capital stock of the Corporation possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Corporation’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of a majority of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Corporation’s consolidated assets;

               (q) “subsidiary” means, with respect to any person, any corporation of which the shares of stock having fifty percent (50%) or more of the general voting power in electing the board of directors are, at the time of which the determination is being made, owned by such person either directly or indirectly through subsidiaries; and

               (r) “transfer” includes any sale, exchange, assignment, gift, bequest, pledge, creation of a lien or security interest, disposition, encumbrance, or other arrangement by which possession, legal title or beneficial ownership passes from one person to another, or to the same person in a different capacity, whether or not voluntary and whether or not for value.

               6.2 Extended Meanings. In this Agreement, words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

               6.3 Governing Law. This Agreement and all amendments hereof and waivers and consents hereunder shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

               6.4 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

               6.5 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be deemed to be severable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

               6.6 Time. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

16


 

ARTICLE SEVEN

Miscellaneous

               7.1 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate if the Investors in the aggregate cease to hold at least one-third of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and this Agreement shall terminate as to any person when that person no longer owns any shares of Managementholder’s Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock to which this Agreement shall apply under Section 1.8.

               7.2 Notices. All notices, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under or by reason of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by telex or telecopy as described below, and shall be deemed given on the date on which delivery is made. If delivered by telex or telecopy, such notices or communications shall be confirmed by a registered or certified letter (return receipt requested), postage prepaid. Any such delivery shall be addressed to the intended recipient at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by such party by like notice to the other parties):

(a)   if to the Corporation:

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054
Attention: President

with a copy to:
Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Carl E. Nelson
Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

and
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention: John A. Schoenfeld
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

(b)   if to Investors:

Onex American Holdings II LLC
161 Bay Street
(P.O. Box 700)
49th Floor
Toronto, Canada M5J 2S1

17


 

Attention: President
Telecopy: (416) 362-5765

with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention: John A. Schoenfeld
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

               (c) if to any Managementholder, to him at his address as appears on Schedule I attached hereto or as otherwise shown on the records of the Corporation.

               7.3 No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. No purported waiver shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or other breach.

               7.4 Exclusive Agreement and Amendment. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to its subject matter, is intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the Agreement among the parties with respect thereto and cannot be changed or terminated orally. This Agreement may only be amended or altered by the mutual agreement of the parties hereto, such amendments or alterations to become effective when reduced to writing and signed by the Investors holding a majority of the voting Common Stock, the Corporation, and a majority of the Management Representatives or by the Corporation and the holders of at least 75% of the shares of Managementholders’ Stock.

               7.5 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to take all such actions and to execute all such documents as may be necessary or advisable to implement the provisions of this Agreement fully and effectively.

               7.6 Assignment.

               (a) Any Investor may assign this Agreement and all of its rights hereunder to any other Investor to whom such assigning Investor simultaneously transfers all of the Common Stock owned by such assigning Investor, provided that the transferee shall, at that same time, execute and deliver to the Corporation an agreement in writing whereby such transferee assumes all of the obligations of such assigning Investor under this Agreement to all other parties hereto.

               (b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, a Managementholder may transfer all or any of his Managementholder’s Stock to a Managementholder Corporation (as hereinafter defined), which is then controlled by the transferor, provided that simultaneously with or prior to such transfer such Managementholder Corporation shall have agreed in writing with the other parties to this Agreement to assume all of the obligations of the transferor hereunder with respect to such shares of Managementholder’s Stock and provided that the

18


 

transferor agrees to guarantee the performance of such obligations to the other parties hereto, in each case by a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors, in which case references herein to Managementholders shall thenceforth include any such Managementholder Corporation so long as it shall continue to hold any Managementholder’s Stock. In this Section, “Managementholder Corporation” means (i) a corporation, all of the shares of which are legally and beneficially owned by one or more of the transferor, his spouse, either of their children, and/or any spouse of any of the children, or (ii) any trust exclusively in favor of any of the foregoing persons. A Managementholder Corporation may, at any time, and shall forthwith in the event that such Managementholder Corporation ceases to be controlled by the transferor or ceases to qualify as a Managementholder Corporation under the foregoing definition, transfer back to the transferor all of the Managementholder’s Stock, held by it. For purposes of Sections 2.3 and 2.4, Managementholder’s Stock owned by a Managementholder Corporation shall be deemed to be owned by the transferor.

               (c) Subject to the foregoing, no party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement.

               7.7 Counterparts.

               (a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

               (b) Any Managementholder may also execute this Agreement by executing and delivering to the Corporation a Counterpart and Acknowledgment in the form set out as Schedule II to this Agreement, whereupon such Managementholder shall become bound by, and entitled to the benefits of, this Agreement as fully and effectively as though such Managementholder had executed a Counterpart of this Agreement together with the other parties to this Agreement.

               7.8 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

               7.9 Decisions of Board of Directors. All decisions and determinations permitted or required to be made by the Corporation hereunder shall be made by the Board of Directors in its sole unfettered discretion and all such decisions and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

* * * * *

19


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto, all as of the date first above written.

             
    COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
 
           
  By:       /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
       
  Its:        
       
 
           
    ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC
 
           
  By:       /s/ Donald F. West
       
  Its:       Director
       
 
           
    MANAGEMENTHOLDERS:
 
           
          /s/ Jerry Armstrong
   
    Jerry Armstrong
 
           
          /s/ Clint Arney
   
    Clint Arney
 
           
          /s/ Robert Averitt
   
    Robert Averitt

20


 

         
      /S/ Cleve S. Blunt
   
    Cleve S. Blunt
 
       
      /s/ Mervin Dunn
   
    Mervin Dunn
 
       
      /s/ Jim Lindsey
   
    Jim Lindsey
 
       
      /s/ Frank Lolli
   
    Frank Lolli
 
       
      /s/ Don Lorraine
   
    Don Lorraine
 
       
      /s/ Jim Pritz
   
    Jim Pritz
 
       
      /s/ Kevin D. Richards
   
    Kevin Richards
 
       
      /s/ Tim Schwartz
   
    Tim Schwartz
 
       
      /s/ Mike Slobe
   
    Mike Slobe
 
       
      /s/ Bryan Stiles
   
    Bryan Stiles
   
 
       
    Michael Szczepanski
 
       
      /s/ Bob Tavener
   
    Bob Tavener
 
       
      /s/ Patrick Turner
   
    Patrick Turner
 
       
      /s/ Chad M. Utrup
   
    Chad Utrup
 
       
      /s/ Jeff Vogel
   
    Jeff Vogel

21


 

         
      /s/ James Williams
   
    James Williams

22


 

SCHEDULE I

Names and Address of Managementholders

23


 

SCHEDULE II

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
COUNTERPART AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

     
TO:
  COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
  THE INVESTORS
  THE MANAGEMENTHOLDERS
     
RE:
  The Management Stockholders Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of                                         ,                     between Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. the “Investors” and the Managementholders” (each, as defined in the Agreement)

                      The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a party to the Agreement, and shall be entitled to all benefits of a Managementholder pursuant to the Agreement, as fully and effectively as though the undersigned had executed a counterpart of the Agreement together with the other parties to the Agreement. The undersigned hereby acknowledges having received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement.

                      DATED this                     day of                                         , 200    .

     
 
  Signature of Managementholder
 
   
 
  Name of Managementholder
  (Please Print)

24


 

SCHEDULE III

Schedule of Investors

25

 

Exhibit 10.5

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose.

          This plan shall be known as the Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan shall be to promote the long-term growth and profitability of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries by (i) providing certain directors, officers and employees of, and certain other individuals who perform services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, the Company and its Subsidiaries with incentives to maximize stockholder value and otherwise contribute to the success of the Company and (ii) enabling the Company to attract, retain and reward the best available persons for positions of responsibility. Grants of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), either alone or in tandem with options, restricted stock, performance awards or any combination of the foregoing may be made under the Plan.

2. Definitions.

          (a) “Board of Directors” and “Board” mean the board of directors of the Company.

          (b) “Cause” shall, with respect to any participant, have the equivalent meaning as the term “cause” or “for cause” in any employment, consulting, or independent contractor’s agreement between the participant and the Company or any Subsidiary, or in the absence of such an agreement that contains such a defined term, shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

               (i) Conviction of any felony or any crime or offense lesser than a felony involving the property of the Company or a Subsidiary; or

               (ii) Deliberate or reckless conduct that has caused demonstrable and serious injury to the Company or a Subsidiary, monetary or otherwise, or any other serious misconduct of such a nature that the participant’s continued relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the business or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary; or

               (iii) Willful refusal to perform or reckless disregard of duties properly assigned, as determined by the Company; or

               (iv) Breach of duty of loyalty to the Company or a Subsidiary or other act of fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary.

          For purposes of this Section 2(b), any good faith determination of “Cause” made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all interested parties.

 


 

          (c) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of one of the following events:

               (i) if any “person” or “group” as those terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successors thereto, other than an Exempt Person, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of either the then outstanding shares or the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; or

               (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

               (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in all or a portion of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

               (iv) the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets, other than a sale to an Exempt Person.

          (d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (e) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board, and each member of the Committee shall be (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, unless administration of the Plan by “non-employee directors” is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless administration of the Plan by “outside directors” is not then required in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code, and (iii) independent, as defined by the rules of the Nasdaq National Market or any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Company are listed for trading, and if not listed for trading, by the rules of the Nasdaq National Market.

          (f) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, and any other shares into which such stock may be changed by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or any other change in the corporate structure or capital stock of the Company.

2


 

          (g) “Competition” is deemed to occur if a person whose employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries has terminated obtains a position as a full-time or part-time employee of, as a member of the board of directors of, or as a consultant or advisor with or to, or acquires an ownership interest in excess of 2% of, a corporation, partnership, firm or other entity that engages, in any state in which the Company or any Subsidiary is doing business at the time of such person’s termination of employment, in any business which competes with any product or service of the Company or any Subsidiary.

          (h) “Disability” means a disability that would entitle an eligible participant to payment of monthly disability payments under any Company disability plan or any agreement between the eligible participant and the Company as otherwise determined by the Committee.

          (i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          (j) “Exempt Person” means (i) Onex Corporation, (ii) any person, entity or group controlled by or under common control with any party included in clause (i), or (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, or a trustee or other administrator or fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary.

          (k) “Family Member” has the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto.

          (l) “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock of the Company means, as of the date in question, the officially-quoted closing selling price of the stock (or if no selling price is quoted, the bid price) on the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading (including for this purpose the Nasdaq National Market) (the “Market”) for the applicable trading day or, if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted in the Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that when shares received upon exercise of an option are immediately sold in the open market, the net sale price received may be used to determine the Fair Market Value of any shares used to pay the exercise price or applicable withholding taxes and to compute the withholding taxes.

          (m) “Good Reason” shall, with respect to any participant, have the equivalent meaning as the term “good reason” or “for good reason” in any employment, consulting, or independent contractor’s agreement between the participant and the Company or any Subsidiary, or in the absence of such an agreement that contains such a defined term, shall mean (i) the assignment to the participant of any duties materially inconsistent with the participant’s duties or responsibilities as assigned by the Company (or a Subsidiary), or any other action by the Company (or a Subsidiary) which results in a material diminution in such duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent actions not taken in bad faith and which are remedied by the Company (or a Subsidiary) promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the participant; (ii) any material failure by the Company (or a Subsidiary) to make any payment of compensation or pay any benefits to the participant that have been agreed upon between the Company (or a Subsidiary) and the participant in writing, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is

3


 

remedied by the Company (or a Subsidiary) promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the participant; or (iii) the Company’s (or Subsidiary’s) requiring the participant to be based at any office or location outside of fifty miles from the location of employment or service as of the date of award, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the participant’s responsibilities.

          (n) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option conforming to the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and any successor thereto.

          (o) “Non-Employee Director” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and any successor thereto.

          (p) “Non-qualified Stock Option” means any stock option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

          (q) “Other Company Securities” mean securities of the Company other than Common Stock, which may include, without limitation, unbundled stock units or components thereof, debentures, preferred stock, warrants and securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or other property.

          (r) “Performance Award” means a right, granted to a participant under Section 12 hereof, to receive awards based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

          (s) “Retirement” means retirement as defined under any Company pension plan or retirement program or termination of one’s employment on retirement with the approval of the Committee.

          (t) “Share” means a share of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

          (u) “Subsidiary” means a corporation or other entity of which outstanding shares or ownership interests representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of such corporation or other entity entitled to elect the management thereof, or such lesser percentage as may be approved by the Committee, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

3. Administration.

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that the Board may, in its discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer the Plan, in which case the term “Committee” shall be deemed to mean the Board for all purposes herein. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall be authorized to (i) select persons to participate in the Plan, (ii) determine the form and substance of grants made under the Plan to each participant, and the conditions and restrictions, if any, subject to which such grants will be made, (iii) certify that the conditions and restrictions applicable to any grant have been met, (iv) modify the terms of grants made under the Plan, (v) interpret the Plan and grants made thereunder, (vi) make any adjustments necessary or desirable in connection with grants made under the Plan to eligible participants located outside the United States and (vii) adopt, amend, or rescind such rules and

4


 

regulations, and make such other determinations, for carrying out the Plan as it may deem appropriate. Decisions of the Committee on all matters relating to the Plan shall be in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. No member of the Committee and no officer of the Company shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by such member, by any other member of the Committee or by any officer of the Company in connection with the performance of duties under the Plan, except for such person’s own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

     The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Plan shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or make any other segregation of assets to assume the payment of any award under the Plan, and rights to the payment of such awards shall be no greater than the rights of the Company’s general creditors.

4. Shares Available for the Plan; Limit on Awards.

     Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 19, the number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan as awards shall not exceed 1,000,000 in the aggregate. Such Shares may be in whole or in part authorized and unissued or held by the Company as treasury shares. If any grant under the Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any Shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any Shares in payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or withheld Shares shall thereafter be available for further grants under the Plan unless, in the case of options granted under the Plan, related SARs are exercised.

     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4 or the generality of the provisions of Sections 3, 6 or 21 or any other section of this Plan, the Committee may, at any time or from time to time, and on such terms and conditions (that are consistent with and not in contravention of the other provisions of this Plan) as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, enter into agreements (or take other actions with respect to the options) for new options containing terms (including exercise prices) more (or less) favorable than the outstanding options.

     In any one calendar year, the Committee shall not grant to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a number of Shares in excess of twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of Shares authorized under the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.

5. Participation.

     Participation in the Plan shall be limited to those directors (including Non-Employee Directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, the Company and its Subsidiaries selected by the Committee (including participants located outside the United States). Nothing in the Plan or in any grant thereunder shall confer any right on a participant to

5


 

continue in the employ as a director or officer of or in the performance of services for the Company or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the employment or performance of services or to reduce the compensation or responsibilities of a participant at any time. By accepting any award under the Plan, each participant and each person claiming under or through him or her shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee.

     Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options, SARs alone or in tandem with options, restricted stock awards, performance awards, or any combination thereof, may be granted to such persons and for such number of Shares as the Committee shall determine (such individuals to whom grants are made being sometimes herein called “optionees” or “grantees,” as the case may be). Determinations made by the Committee under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among eligible individuals under the Plan, whether or not such individuals are similarly situated. A grant of any type made hereunder in any one year to an eligible participant shall neither guarantee nor preclude a further grant of that or any other type to such participant in that year or subsequent years.

6. Incentive and Non-qualified Options and SARs.

     The Committee may from time to time grant to eligible participants Incentive Stock Options, Non-qualified Stock Options, or any combination thereof; provided that the Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options only to eligible employees of the Company or its subsidiaries (as defined for this purpose in Section 424(f) of the Code or any successor thereto). The options granted shall take such form as the Committee shall determine, subject to the following terms and conditions.

     It is the Company’s intent that Non-qualified Stock Options granted under the Plan not be classified as Incentive Stock Options, that Incentive Stock Options be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required under Section 422 of the Code and any successor thereto, and that any ambiguities in construction be interpreted in order to effectuate such intent. If an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan does not qualify as such for any reason, then to the extent of such non-qualification, the stock option represented thereby shall be regarded as a Non-qualified Stock Option duly granted under the Plan, provided that such stock option otherwise meets the Plan’s requirements for Non-qualified Stock Options.

          (a) Price. The price per Share deliverable upon the exercise of each option (“exercise price”) shall be established by the Committee, except that in the case of the grant of any Incentive Stock Option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of the option, and in the case of the grant of any Incentive Stock Option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of the option, in each case unless otherwise permitted by Section 422 of the Code or any successor thereto.

6


 

          (b) Payment. Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, upon payment of the exercise price of the Shares to be acquired. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payment shall be made (i) in cash (including check, bank draft, money order or wire transfer of immediately available funds), (ii) by delivery of outstanding shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the options’ exercise, (iii) by simultaneous sale through a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee of Shares acquired on exercise, as permitted under Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, (iv) by authorizing the Company to withhold from issuance a number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the options which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, is equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the options so exercised or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

          In the event a grantee elects to pay the exercise price payable with respect to an option pursuant to clause (ii) above, (A) only a whole number of share(s) of Common Stock (and not fractional shares of Common Stock) may be tendered in payment, (B) such grantee must present evidence acceptable to the Company that he or she has owned any such shares of Common Stock tendered in payment of the exercise price (and that such tendered shares of Common Stock have not been subject to any substantial risk of forfeiture) for at least six months prior to the date of exercise, and (C) Common Stock must be delivered to the Company. Delivery for this purpose may, at the election of the grantee, be made either by (A) physical delivery of the certificate(s) for all such shares of Common Stock tendered in payment of the price, accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer in a form acceptable to the Company, or (B) direction to the grantee’s broker to transfer, by book entry, such shares of Common Stock from a brokerage account of the grantee to a brokerage account specified by the Company. When payment of the exercise price is made by delivery of Common Stock, the difference, if any, between the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised and the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock tendered in payment (plus any applicable taxes) shall be paid in cash. No grantee may tender shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value exceeding the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised (plus any applicable taxes).

          In the event a grantee elects to pay the exercise price payable with respect to an option pursuant to clause (iv) above, (A) only a whole number of Share(s) (and not fractional Shares) may be withheld in payment and (B) such grantee must present evidence acceptable to the Company that he or she has owned a number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to the number of Shares to be withheld in payment of the exercise price (and that such owned shares of Common Stock have not been subject to any substantial risk of forfeiture) for at least six months prior to the date of exercise. When payment of the exercise price is made by withholding of Shares, the difference, if any, between the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised and the Fair Market Value of the Shares withheld in payment (plus any applicable taxes) shall be paid in cash. No grantee may authorize the withholding of Shares having a Fair Market Value exceeding the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised (plus any applicable taxes). Any withheld Shares shall no longer be issuable under such option (except pursuant to any Reload Option (as defined below) with respect to any such withheld Shares).

7


 

          (c) Terms of Options. The term during which each option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, but if required by the Code and except as otherwise provided herein, no option shall be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase Shares pursuant to an option shall, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the date on which each option shall become exercisable and may provide that an option shall become exercisable in installments. The Shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the Committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the Shares represented thereby, the optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such outstanding option (including any dividend or voting rights).

          (d) Limitations on Grants. If required by the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the grant date) of Shares for which an Incentive Stock Option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all equity incentive plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 422 of the Code or any successor thereto) may not exceed $100,000.

          (e) Termination.

               (i) Death or Disability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, the Company and any Subsidiary due to death or Disability, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation shall remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such death or Disability, but in no event after the expiration date of the options or SARs; provided that the participant does not engage in Competition during such 180-day period unless he or she received written consent to do so from the Board or the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Disability giving rise to the termination of employment is not within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor thereto, Incentive Stock Options not exercised by such participant within 90 days after the date of termination of employment will cease to qualify as Incentive Stock Options and will be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options under the Plan if required to be so treated under the Code.

               (ii) Retirement. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, the Company and any Subsidiary upon the occurrence of his or her Retirement, (A) all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of Retirement shall remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of Retirement, but in no event after the expiration date of the options or SARs; provided that the participant does not engage in Competition during such 90-day period unless he or she receives written consent to do so from the Board or the Committee, and (B) all of the participant’s options and SARs that were not exercisable on the date of Retirement shall be forfeited immediately

8


 

upon such Retirement; provided, however, that such options and SARs may become fully vested and exercisable in the discretion of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options not exercised by such participant within 90 days after Retirement will cease to qualify as Incentive Stock Options and will be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options under the Plan if required to be so treated under the Code.

               (iii) Discharge for Cause. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, the Company or a Subsidiary due to Cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for, the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason, all of the participant’s options and SARs shall expire and be forfeited immediately upon such cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.

               (iv) Other Termination. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for, the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Cause, (A) all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation shall remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of such cessation, but in no event after the expiration date of the options or SARs; provided that the participant does not engage in Competition during such 90-day period unless he or she receives written consent to do so from the Board or the Committee, and (B) all of the participant’s options and SARs that were not exercisable on the date of such cessation shall be forfeited immediately upon such cessation.

          (f) Grant of Reload Options. The Committee may provide (either at the time of grant or exercise of an option), in its discretion, for the grant to a grantee who exercises all or any portion of an option (“Exercised Options”) and who pays all or part of such exercise price with shares of Common Stock, of an additional option (a “Reload Option”) for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum (the “Reload Number”) of the number of shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld in payment of such exercise price for the Exercised Options plus, if so provided by the Committee, the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, tendered or withheld by the grantee or withheld by the Company in connection with the exercise of the Exercised Options to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding requirements. The terms of each Reload Option, including the date of its expiration and the terms and conditions of its exercisability and transferability, shall be the same as the terms of the Exercised Option to which it relates, except that (i) the grant date for each Reload Option shall be the date of exercise of the Exercised Option to which it relates and (ii) the exercise price for each Reload Option shall be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the grant date of the Reload Option.

          (g) Options Exercisable for Restricted Stock. The Committee shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for Shares of restricted stock. Should the participant cease to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, the Company or any Subsidiary while holding such Shares of restricted stock, the Company shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those Shares of restricted stock. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the

9


 

period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

     The Committee shall have the authority to grant SARs under this Plan, either alone or to any optionee in tandem with options (either at the time of grant of the related option or thereafter by amendment to an outstanding option). SARs shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify, but no SAR shall be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted.

     No SAR may be exercised unless the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock of the Company on the date of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any options to which the SARs correspond. Prior to the exercise of the SAR and delivery of the cash and/or Shares represented thereby, the participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by such outstanding SAR (including any dividend or voting rights).

     SARs granted in tandem with options shall be exercisable only when, to the extent and on the conditions that any related option is exercisable. The exercise of an option shall result in an immediate forfeiture of any related SAR to the extent the option is exercised, and the exercise of an SAR shall cause an immediate forfeiture of any related option to the extent the SAR is exercised.

     Upon the exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to a distribution in an amount equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any option to which the SAR is related, multiplied by the number of Shares as to which the SAR is exercised. The Committee shall decide whether such distribution shall be in cash, in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such amount, in Other Company Securities having a Fair Market Value equal to such amount or in a combination thereof.

     All SARs will be exercised automatically on the last day prior to the expiration date of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any related option, so long as the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on that date exceeds the exercise price of the SAR or any related option, as applicable. An SAR granted in tandem with options shall expire at the same time as any related option expires and shall be transferable only when, and under the same conditions as, any related option is transferable.

8. Restricted Stock.

     The Committee may at any time and from time to time grant Shares of restricted stock under the Plan to such participants and in such amounts as it determines. Each grant of restricted stock shall specify the applicable restrictions on such Shares, the duration of such restrictions (which shall be at least six months except as otherwise determined by the Committee or provided

10


 

in the third paragraph of this Section 8), and the time or times at which such restrictions shall lapse with respect to all or a specified number of Shares that are part of the grant.

     The participant will be required to pay the Company the aggregate par value of any Shares of restricted stock (or such larger amount as the Board may determine to constitute capital under Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, or any successor thereto) within ten days of the date of grant, unless such Shares of restricted stock are treasury shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, certificates representing Shares of restricted stock granted under the Plan will be held in escrow by the Company on the participant’s behalf during any period of restriction thereon and will bear an appropriate legend specifying the applicable restrictions thereon, and the participant will be required to execute a blank stock power therefor. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, during such period of restriction the participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of Common Stock, including but not limited to the rights to receive dividends and to vote, and any stock or other securities received as a distribution with respect to such participant’s restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as then in effect for the restricted stock.

     At such time as a participant ceases to be a director, officer, or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for, the Company and its Subsidiaries due to death, Disability or Retirement during any period of restriction, all restrictions on Shares granted to such participant shall lapse. At such time as a participant ceases to be, or in the event a participant does not become, a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise performing services for, the Company or its Subsidiaries for any other reason, all Shares of restricted stock granted to such participant on which the restrictions have not lapsed shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

9. Deferred Shares.

     The Committee is authorized to grant deferred Shares to participants, which are rights to receive Shares, cash, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period, subject to terms and conditions as the Committee may specify.

     Satisfaction of an award of deferred Shares shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such deferred Shares by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the participant). In addition, deferred Shares shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Deferred Share awards may be satisfied by delivery of Stock, cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of Shares covered by the deferred Share award, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter. Prior to satisfaction of an award of deferred Shares, an award of deferred shares carries no voting or dividend or other rights associated with share ownership.

     Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, the Company or any Subsidiary during

11


 

the applicable deferral period thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the award agreement evidencing the deferred Shares), the participant’s deferred Shares that are at that time subject to deferral (other than a deferral at the election of the participant) shall be forfeited; provided that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to deferred Shares shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of deferred Shares.

10. Dividend Equivalents.

     The Committee is authorized to grant dividend equivalents to a participant entitling the participant to receive cash, Shares, other awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, or other periodic payments. Dividend equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award. The Committee may provide that dividend equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock of the Company, awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

11. Other Stock-Based Awards.

     The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to participants such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of Common Stock of the Company, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and awards valued by reference to the book value of Shares or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 11 shall be purchased for such consideration (including without limitation loans from the Company or a Subsidiary to the extent permissible under the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable law), paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other awards or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 11.

12. Performance Awards.

     The Committee is authorized to make Performance Awards payable in cash, Shares, or other awards, on terms and conditions established by the Committee, subject to the provisions of this Section 12.

12


 

     The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, or such other personal or business goals and objectives, as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one participant or to different participants.

     Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over any performance period determined by the Committee. During the performance period, the Committee shall have the authority to adjust the performance goals and objectives for such performance period for such reasons as it deems equitable.

     The Committee may establish a Performance Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring Company performance in connection with Performance Awards. The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee. The Committee may specify the amount of the Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such business criteria.

     Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Shares, other awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of the participant’s employment or service prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

13. Change in Control.

     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if there is a Change in Control of the Company and a participant’s employment or service as a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause, (2) by reason of the participant’s death, Disability, or Retirement, or (3) by the participant for Good Reason, within twelve months after such Change in Control:

               (i) any award carrying a right to exercise that was not previously vested and exercisable as of the time of the Change in Control, shall become immediately vested and exercisable, and shall remain so for up to 180 days after the date of termination (but in no event after the expiration date of the award), subject to applicable restrictions;

               (ii) any restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any other award granted under the Plan shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change in Control, except to the extent of any waiver by the participant, and subject to applicable restrictions; and

13


 

               (iii) with respect to any outstanding Performance Award, the Committee may, within its discretion, deem the performance goals and other conditions relating to the Performance Award as having been met as of the date of the Change in Control.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in connection with any transaction of the type specified by clause (iii) of the definition of a Change in Control in Section 2(c), the Committee may, in its discretion, (i) cancel any or all outstanding options under the Plan in consideration for payment to the holders thereof of an amount equal to the portion of the consideration that would have been payable to such holders pursuant to such transaction if their options had been fully exercised immediately prior to such transaction, less the aggregate exercise price that would have been payable therefor, or (ii) if the amount that would have been payable to the option holders pursuant to such transaction if their options had been fully exercised immediately prior thereto would be equal to or less than the aggregate exercise price that would have been payable therefor, cancel any or all such options for no consideration or payment of any kind. Payment of any amount payable pursuant to the preceding sentence may be made in cash or, in the event that the consideration to be received in such transaction includes securities or other property, in cash and/or securities or other property in the Committee’s discretion.

14. Withholding Taxes.

          (a) Participant Election. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a participant may elect to deliver shares of Common Stock (or have the Company withhold shares acquired upon exercise of an option or SAR or deliverable upon grant or vesting of restricted stock, as the case may be) to satisfy, in whole or in part, the amount the Company is required to withhold for taxes in connection with the exercise of an option or SAR or the delivery of restricted stock upon grant or vesting, as the case may be. Such election must be made on or before the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Once made, the election shall be irrevocable. The fair market value of the shares to be withheld or delivered will be the Fair Market Value as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. In the event a participant elects to deliver or have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 14(a), such delivery or withholding must be made subject to the conditions and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 6(b) with respect to the delivery or withholding of Common Stock in payment of the exercise price of options.

          (b) Company Requirement. The Company may require, as a condition to any grant or exercise under the Plan or to the delivery of certificates for Shares issued hereunder, that the grantee make provision for the payment to the Company, either pursuant to Section 14(a) or this Section 14(b), of federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any grant or delivery of Shares. The Company, to the extent permitted or required by law, shall have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including salary or bonus) otherwise due to a grantee, an amount equal to any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any grant or delivery of Shares under the Plan.

14


 

15. Written Agreement; Vesting.

          Each employee to whom a grant is made under the Plan shall enter into a written agreement with the Company that shall contain such provisions, including without limitation vesting requirements, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be approved by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and except as otherwise provided in Sections 6, 7, and 8 in connection with a Change in Control or certain occurrences of termination, no grant under this Plan may be exercised, and no restrictions relating thereto may lapse, within six months of the date such grant is made.

16. Transferability.

     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no option, SAR, performance award or restricted stock granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a participant’s Family Member by gift or a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an option, SAR or performance award may be exercised only by the optionee or grantee thereof; by his or her Family Member if such person has acquired the option, SAR or performance award by gift or qualified domestic relations order; by the executor or administrator of the estate of any of the foregoing or any person to whom the Option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution; or by the guardian or legal representative of any of the foregoing; provided that Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by any Family Member, guardian or legal representative only if permitted by the Code and any regulations thereunder. All provisions of this Plan shall in any event continue to apply to any option, SAR, performance award or restricted stock granted under the Plan and transferred as permitted by this Section 16, and any transferee of any such option, SAR, performance award or restricted stock shall be bound by all provisions of this Plan as and to the same extent as the applicable original grantee.

17. Listing, Registration and Qualification.

     If the Committee determines that the listing, registration or qualification upon any securities exchange or under any law of Shares subject to any option, SAR, performance award or restricted stock grant is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of same or the issue or purchase of Shares thereunder, no such option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, no such performance award may be paid out, and no Shares may be issued, unless such listing, registration or qualification is effected free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

18. Transfers Between Company and Subsidiaries.

     The transfer of an employee, consultant or independent contractor from the Company to a Subsidiary, from a Subsidiary to the Company, or from one Subsidiary to another shall not be considered a termination of employment or services; nor shall it be considered a termination of employment if an employee is placed on military or sick leave or such other leave of absence which is considered by the Committee as continuing intact the employment relationship.

15


 

19. Adjustments.

     In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, distribution of assets, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, the Committee shall make such adjustment as it deems appropriate in the number and kind of Shares or other property available for issuance under the Plan (including, without limitation, the total number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 4), in the number and kind of options, SARs, Shares or other property covered by grants previously made under the Plan, and in the exercise price of outstanding options and SARs. Any such adjustment shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving or continuing corporation or in which a Change in Control is to occur, all of the Company’s obligations regarding options, SARs, performance awards, and restricted stock that were granted hereunder and that are outstanding on the date of such event shall, on such terms as may be approved by the Committee prior to such event, be assumed by the surviving or continuing corporation or canceled in exchange for property (including cash).

20. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

     The Board of Directors or the Committee, without approval of the stockholders, may amend or terminate the Plan, except that no amendment shall become effective without prior approval of the stockholders of the Company if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulations, including if required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor thereto, under the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or any successor thereto, or by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.

21. Amendment or Substitution of Awards under the Plan.

     The terms of any outstanding award under the Plan may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate (including, but not limited to, any reduction in the exercise price of any options or SARs awarded under the Plan or any acceleration of the date of exercise of any award and/or payments thereunder or of the date of lapse of restrictions on Shares); provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 16, no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of a participant under the award without his or her written consent. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit holders of awards under the Plan to surrender outstanding awards in order to exercise or realize rights under other awards, or in exchange for the grant of new awards, or require holders of awards to surrender outstanding awards as a condition precedent to the grant of new awards under the Plan.

22. Commencement Date; Termination Date.

     The date of commencement of the Plan shall be the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. If required by the Code, the Plan will also be subject to reapproval by the shareholders of the Company prior to the fifth anniversary of such commencement date.

16


 

     Unless previously terminated upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan, the Plan shall terminate at the close of business on the tenth anniversary of the date of commencement. No termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written consent, under any grant of options or other incentives theretofore granted under the Plan.

23. Severability.

     Whenever possible, each provision of the Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Plan is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of the Plan.

24. Governing Law.

     The Plan shall be governed by the corporate laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law provisions that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

17

 

Exhibit 10.6

RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT

     THIS RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of August 4, 2004 among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the stockholders listed on the signatory pages hereto (the “Stockholders”). Except as otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 5 hereof.

     The Company’s outstanding capital stock consists of 6,968.01 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class A Common”), 121,296.25 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class B Common”), 30,324.00 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class C Common”), 97,964.00 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class D-1 Common”), zero shares of Class D-2 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class D-2 Common”) and 24,491.00 shares of Class E Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Class E Common”). The Company’s outstanding classes of Common Stock generally differ with respect to dividend, liquidation preference and voting rights as provided in the Company’s existing certificate of incorporation (the “Current Certificate”). The holders of the Company’s outstanding capital stock own such shares in the respective amounts set forth opposite their individual names on Schedule I hereto. The Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common and Class E Common are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Stock.”

     On May 20, 2004, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trim Merger Co., entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”), pursuant to which Trim Merger Co. will be merged with and into Trim (the “Trim Merger”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions outlined therein. Pursuant to the Trim Merger, the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock and warrants of Trim will receive in the aggregate 41,018.69 shares of Class A Common, 27,932.06 shares of Class B Common and 5,568.75 shares of Class C Common. The holders of outstanding shares of capital stock and warrants of Trim will be issued shares of Common Stock in connection with the Trim Merger in the respective amounts set forth opposite their individual names on Schedule II hereto. Trim Merger will be effected prior to consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement. All such shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Trim Merger are referred to herein as the “Trim Shares.”

     The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-l (Registration No. 333-115708) with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “New Common”), under the Securities Act. In connection with the Initial Public Offering, the Company intends to amend and restate its certificate of incorporation in order to, among other things, reclassify all of its outstanding classes of Common Stock into a single class of New Common on a share-for-share basis (the “Reclassification”) and, immediately thereafter, effect a 38.991-to-one stock split of the New Common (the “Stock Split”). The terms of the New Common are set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”), to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and to be effective in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 


 

     In order to adjust the ownership of the Company among the Stockholders so as to give effect to the relative rights and privileges of the existing Common Stock, which will be eliminated in the Reclassification, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1. Common Stock Ownership Reallocation.

     1A. Reallocation Transactions. Each of the Stockholders listed on the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A (each a “Contributing Stockholder”) hereby agrees to deliver to the Company that number of shares of Class C Common or Class E Common, as the case may be, as will be set forth opposite their individual names on Exhibit A as of the Closing and, upon such delivery, such shares of Class C Common and Class E Common shall be canceled by the Company (the “Canceled Shares”). The Company shall immediately thereafter issue to those Stockholders listed on Exhibit B (each an “Adjusted Stockholder”) that number and class of shares of Common Stock of the Company as will be set forth opposite their individual names on Exhibit B as of the Closing on account of the shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholders (the “Additional Shares” and together with the Canceled Shares, the “Subject Shares”).

     1B. Calculation of the Subject Shares. The number of Canceled Shares to be delivered to the Company by the Contributing Stockholders as set forth on Exhibit A as of the Closing and the number of Additional Shares to be issued by the Company to each Adjusted Stockholder as will be set forth on Exhibit B as of the Closing shall be calculated in a manner so that each Stockholder will hold, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Stock Split, that number of shares of New Common such Stockholder would receive under the Current Certificate upon a Distribution (as defined in the Current Certificate) by the Company of a number of shares of New Common equal to the Pre-IPO Company Value divided by (ii) the Pre-Split IPO Price. “Pre-IPO Company Value” means an amount equal to (i) the Pre-Split IPO Price multiplied by (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including the Trim Shares). “Pre-Split IPO Price” means an amount equal to (A) the initial price to the public per share of New Common in the Initial Public Offering multiplied by (B) 38.991.

     1C. Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Company has previously authorized the amendment (the “Charter Amendment”) of the Current Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit C and the further amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate in the form of the Restated Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit D, and submitted the same to the Stockholders for approval. The Charter Amendment will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and become effective prior to the Closing. The Reclassification and Stock Split will be effected upon the effectiveness of the Restated Certificate. The Restated Certificate shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and become effective immediately after the Closing. Each of the Stockholders agrees to vote in favor of the adoption of the Charter Amendment and the Restated Certificate.

     1D. Notice. Prior to the Closing (as defined in Section 1F), the Company shall calculate the number of Canceled Shares to be delivered to the Company by the Contributing Stockholders and the number of Additional Shares to be issued to each Adjusted Stockholder as set forth above in Section 1B, and shall deliver notice to each Stockholder of the results of such

2


 

calculation in accordance with Section 6K as soon as possible thereafter. The Company’s calculations shall be conclusive and binding upon each Stockholder.

     1E. Delivery/Issuance of the Subject Shares. At the Closing or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, issue and deliver, or cause the Company’s transfer agent to deliver, to each Adjusted Stockholder stock certificates evidencing the Additional Shares to be issued by the Company to each such Adjusted Stockholder, registered in each such Adjusted Stockholder’s name or its nominee’s name, on account of the shares of Common Stock held by such Adjusted Stockholder and each Contributing Stockholder shall deliver to the Company the stock certificates representing the Canceled Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, which shall be canceled by the Company. The number of Canceled Shares delivered to the Company and the number of Additional Shares to be issued by the Company shall be that as calculated pursuant to Section 1B hereof.

     1F. The Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 200 E. Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL, immediately after the execution of the Underwriting Agreement and completion of calculations required to effect the transactions contemplated by Section 1A and delivery of the required notice pursuant to Section 1D (the “Closing Time”), or at such other place as may be mutually agreeable to the Company and the Stockholders. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the Closing Time.

     Section 2. Conditions of Each Stockholder’s Obligation at the Closing. The obligation of each Stockholder to effect the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing of the following conditions:

     2A. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing as though then made, except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions expressly contemplated herein.

     2B. Underwriting Agreement. The Company shall have executed the Underwriting Agreement.

     2C. Amendment/Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation. The Charter Amendment in the form attended hereto as Exhibit C shall have been filed and effective under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Restated Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and shall not have been further amended or modified.

     2D. Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall have made all filings under all applicable federal and state securities laws necessary to consummate the acquisition of the Canceled Shares and the issuance of the Additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with such laws.

3


 

     2E. Closing Documents. The Company shall have delivered to each Stockholder such documents relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as any Stockholder may reasonably request.

     2F. Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings taken or required to be taken by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby to be consummated at or prior to the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Stockholder.

     2G. Waiver. Any condition specified in this Section 2 may be waived if consented to by each Stockholder; provided, that no such waiver shall be effective against any Stockholder unless it is set forth in a writing executed by such Stockholder.

     Section 3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. As a material inducement to the Stockholders to enter into this Agreement and to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company represents and warrants that:

     3A. Organization and Corporate Power. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     3B. Authorization: No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party, the Charter Amendment and the amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party, the issuance of the shares of New Common in the Initial Public Offering, the Charter Amendment the amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company, do not and shall not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization; consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice or declaration to, or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body or agency pursuant to, the Current Certificate or the certificate of incorporation of any Subsidiary, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any Subsidiary is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which their respective property is bound, other than as expressly contemplated in such agreements described above and other than those made and obtained.

4


 

     3C. Capital Stock and Related Matters. As of the Closing and immediately thereafter, the authorized capital stock of the Company shall consist of 30,000,000 shares of New Common, of which 16,988,752 shares (17,682,502 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, none of which will be issued and outstanding. As of the Closing, all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. There are no statutory or contractual stockholders preemptive rights or rights of refusal with respect to the issuance of the Additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement or the New Common in the Initial Public Offering, which have not been or will not be waived or terminated. The Company has not violated any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of its capital stock, and the offer, sale and issuance of the Additional Shares hereunder does not require registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

     Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders. The Stockholders hereby represent and warrant to the Company that:

     4A. Authorization; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which any Stockholder is a party each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its term.

     4B. No Violation. Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement or any other documents contemplated hereby to which each Stockholder is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (a) conflict with, result in a breach of any of the provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in the violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under, or (e) require any authorization, consent, approval, execution or other action by or notice to or filing with any court or administrative or governmental body under, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Stockholder (where the Stockholder is an incorporated entity) or any statute, regulation, rule, judgment, order, decree or other restriction of any government, governmental agency or court to which the Stockholder is subject.

     4C. Ownership. Each Stockholder owns the Common Stock set forth on Schedule I hereto or, upon consummation of the Trim Merger, the Common Stock set forth on Schedule II hereto, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer, claims, taxes, liens, charges, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, warrants, rights, contracts, calls, commitments, equities and demands, except for applicable restrictions on transfer under securities laws.

     Section 5. Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

     “Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

5


 

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

     “Underwriting Agreement” means the Underwriting Agreement entered into by and among the Company, and the Underwriters and Selling Stockholders named therein, pursuant to which the Initial Public Offering of the Company’s New Common shall be distributed through a firm commitment underwriting led by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC as representative of the Underwriters.

     Section 6. Miscellaneous.

     6A. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) August 31, 2004, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by the parties thereto prior to such date, or (ii) the sending of notice by the Company to each Stockholder that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by the parties thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby (including Initial Public Offering) will not be consummated prior to September 15, 2004.

     6B. Tax Treatment. The parties hereto intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, together with the Reclassification, shall be treated as an integrated transaction constituting both (1) a “reorganization” pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (2) a tax-free exchange of common stock for common stock of the same issuer pursuant to section 1036 of the Code. Each of the parties hereto shall file all tax returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing.

     6C. Remedies. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

     6D. Consent to Amendments. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company

6


 

has obtained the written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Trim Shares) held by the parties subject to this Agreement.

     6E. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, regardless of any investigation made by any Stockholder or on its behalf.

     6F. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for any Stockholder’s benefit as a Stockholder or holder of Common Stock are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of such Common Stock.

     6G. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

     6H. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, anyone of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, and all of which such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

     6I. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by way of limitation.

     6J. Governing Law. The corporate law of the state of Delaware shall govern all issues concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the state of New York.

     6K. Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, except for notice by any Stockholder in response to the Company’s notification of share calculations pursuant to Section 1D, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or telecopied to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to each Stockholder at the address indicated next to such party’s name on the signature pages hereto or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. All notices given or delivered by a Stockholder to the

7


 

Company in response to the Company’s notification of share calculations pursuant to Section 1D shall be deemed to have been given when actually received by the Company.

     6L. Rescission. The parties hereto agree that if the closing of the Initial Public Offering has not occurred within 15 calendar days following the Closing, (a) the transactions effected pursuant to this Agreement will be rescinded in their entirety, (b) the deliveries made pursuant to Section 1E hereof shall be reversed and the parties hereto will be returned to their respective positions immediately prior to the Closing, and (c) any rights or obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be terminated.

*     *     *     *

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Recapitalization Agreement on the date first written above.

     
Address:
   
6530 Campus Way
  COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
New Albany, Ohio 43054
   
Attention: President
  By:    /s/ Chad M. Utrup
 
  Its:    Vice President & CFO
     
Address:
   
c/o OG Partners
  /s/ S.A. Johnson
294 Grove Lane East, Ste. 260
 
Wayzata, MN 55391
  S.A. Johnson
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Thayer Capital Partners
  /s/ Scott D. Rued
1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
 
Suite 3500
  Scott D. Rued
Washington, D.C. 20004
   
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ Carl E. Nelson
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Carl E. Nelson
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ David J. Huls
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  David J. Huls
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ Daniel F. Moorse
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Daniel F. Moorse
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ Judith A. Vijums
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Judith A. Vijums
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ Kenneth W. Hager
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Kenneth W. Hager

 


 

     
Address:
   
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
  /s/ Donald F. West
712 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10019
  Tim Duncanson
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
  /s/ Donald F. West
712 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10019
  Serge Gouin
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
  /s/ Donald F. West
712 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10019
  Brian King
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
  /s/ Donald F. West
712 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10019
  J.W.E. Mingo
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
  /s/ Donald F. West
712 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10019
  Robert Prichard
 
   
Address:
   
3415 NE 2 nd Avenue Suite 203
  /s/ Robert R. Hibbs
Miami, FL 33137
 
  Robert R. Hibbs
 
   
Address:
   
100 Mystery Pt. Rd.
  /s/ John C. Read
Garrison, NY 10524
 
  John C. Read
 
   
Address:
   
c/o Hidden Creek
  /s/ Mary-Louise R. Johnson
4508 IDS Center
 
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Mary-Louise R. Johnson and her successors in trust, as Trustees of the Mary-Louise R. Johnson Revocable Trust under Agreement dated November 12, 2001
 
   
Address:
  1170698 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
   
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:  /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
New York, NY 10019
 
  Its:  Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
   

 


 

         
Address:   1170809 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1170812 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1170819 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1170821 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1299039 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1301449 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1352536 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer

 


 

         
Address:   1352537 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   1376653 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   2668921 Manitoba Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   3062601 Nova Scotia Company
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   3-G Investments Limited
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   AMON Canadian Investments, Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Director

 


 

         
Address:   Bostrom Partners LP
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Representative
 
       
Address:   CVS Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Director
 
       
Address:   CVS Partners, LP
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Representative
 
       
Address:   J2R Partners II
c/o Hidden Creek
       
4508 IDS Center
  By:   /s/ S.A. Johnson
     
Minneapolis, MN 55402
       
  Its:   Managing Partner
 
       
Address:   J2R Partners VII
c/o Hidden Creek
       
4508 IDS Center
  By:   /s/ S.A. Johnson
     
Minneapolis, MN 55402
       
  Its:   Managing Partner
 
       
Address:   J2R Partners VI
c/o Hidden Creek
       
4508 IDS Center
  By:   /s/ S.A. Johnson
     
Minneapolis, MN 55402
       
  Its:   Managing Partner
 
       
Address:   Kyzalea Company
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald W. Lewtas
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Donald W. Lewtas, Authorized Signer

 


 

         
Address:   MHON Canadian Investments, Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Authorized Signer
 
       
Address:   Onex Advisor III LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Director
 
       
Address:   Onex American Holdings II LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Director
 
       
Address:   Onex DHC LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Representative
 
       
Address:   Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Representative
 
       
Address:   Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
       
712 Fifth Avenue
  By:   /s/ Donald F. West
     
New York, NY 10019
       
  Its:   Director
 
       
Address:   Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
       
227 West Monroe Street
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
Suite 2200
     
       
Chicago, IL 60606
  Its:   Director
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman
       
 
       

 


 

         
Address:   BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
       
227 West Monroe Street
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
     
Suite 2200
       
Chicago, IL 60606
  Its:   Director
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman
       
 
Address:   BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
       
227 West Monroe Street
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
     
Suite 2200
       
Chicago, IL 60606
  Its:   Director
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman
       
 
       
Address:   Baird Capital Partners II Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
       
227 West Monroe Street
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
     
Suite 2200
       
Chicago, IL 60606
  Its:   Managing Director
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman
       
 
       
Address:   BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
       
227 West Monroe Street
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
     
Suite 2200
       
Chicago, IL 60606
  Its:   Managing Director
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman
       
 
Address:
  Randolph Street Partners II
c/o Kirkland & Ellis LLP
       
200 E. Randolph Drive
  By:   /s/ Jack S. Levin
     
Chicago, IL 60601
       
  Its:   Managing Partner
 
       
Address:   Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP
3600 IDS Center
       
80 South 8 th Street   By: Itasca LBO Partners VII, LLP, its General Partner
Minneapolis, MN 55402
       
  By:   /s/ [Illegible]
     
 
  Its:   Partner

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Mervin Dunn, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc and Subsidiaries;

2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

     b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on such evaluation; and

     c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

September 17, 2004
         
     
  /s/ Mervin Dunn    
  Mervin Dunn   
  Chief Executive Officer   

 

 

         

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Chad M. Utrup, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc and Subsidiaries;

2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

     b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on such evaluation; and

     c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

September 17, 2004
         
     
  /s/ Chad M. Utrup    
  Chad M. Utrup   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

 

         

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mervin Dunn , President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

/s/ Mervin Dunn


Mervin Dunn
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

September 17, 2004

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I , Chad M. Utrup, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

/s/ Chad M. Utrup


Chad M. Utrup
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

September 17, 2004